WO2022089334A1 - 信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质 - Google Patents

信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022089334A1
WO2022089334A1 PCT/CN2021/125881 CN2021125881W WO2022089334A1 WO 2022089334 A1 WO2022089334 A1 WO 2022089334A1 CN 2021125881 W CN2021125881 W CN 2021125881W WO 2022089334 A1 WO2022089334 A1 WO 2022089334A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pucch
frequency
hop
type
terminal equipment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/125881
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
费永强
邢艳萍
高雪娟
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd filed Critical Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co Ltd
Priority to AU2021369864A priority Critical patent/AU2021369864C1/en
Priority to KR1020237017975A priority patent/KR20230096071A/ko
Priority to EP21885061.8A priority patent/EP4240080A4/en
Priority to US18/033,804 priority patent/US20240049205A1/en
Priority to JP2023526642A priority patent/JP7678100B2/ja
Publication of WO2022089334A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022089334A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0457—Variable allocation of band or rate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/0012—Hopping in multicarrier systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0841—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access
    • H04W74/0841—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment
    • H04W74/085—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access with collision treatment collision avoidance
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a channel transmission method, apparatus, terminal device, network device, and storage medium.
  • the user equipment In the new wireless NR (New Radio) system of the fifth generation mobile communication technology 5G (5th generation mobile networks), the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) successfully accesses the network equipment and obtains the users specially configured by the network equipment for it.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • downlink information can only be received in the downlink initial broadband part BWP (DL initial BWP), and uplink information can be sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP (UL initial BWP).
  • DL initial BWP downlink initial broadband part BWP
  • UL initial BWP uplink initial broadband part BWP
  • the bandwidth of DL initial BWP is always less than 20MHz, but the bandwidth of UL initial BWP is not limited. Can be greater than 20MHz.
  • RedCap Reduced Capability
  • the NR system is about to support serving a reduced capability (Reduced Capability, RedCap) UE.
  • RedCap UE In pursuit of lower complexity and cost, RedCap UE only supports a narrow bandwidth, for example, its bandwidth does not exceed 20MHz. In this case, if the RedCap UE still uses the existing UL initial BWP, it may be unable to send the uplink channel correctly because its bandwidth is smaller than the UL initial BWP, such as the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH).
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a channel transmission method, device, terminal device, network device, and storage medium, to solve the problem in the prior art that because the frequency interval between two hops of PUCCH is greater than the maximum bandwidth of the RedCap UE, causing the RedCap The problem that the UE cannot correctly send the PUCCH in the UL initial BWP.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a channel transmission method, which is applied to a first type of terminal device, including:
  • the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment ; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value;
  • the PUCCH is sent on the first resource.
  • the determining of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH includes any one of the following resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource is a resource for sending PUCCH in a non-frequency hopping manner
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • any of the following methods is used:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the PUCCH is determined to be sent in any one of the following manners: First resource used:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one or more of the following:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model for determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal device sends the PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution, including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal sends the PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a channel transmission method, including:
  • first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP;
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following PUCCH resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource is a resource for sending PUCCH in a non-frequency hopping manner
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • any of the following methods is used:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the PUCCH is determined to be sent in any one of the following manners: First resource used:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one or more of the following:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model for determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal device sends the PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution, including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal sends the PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a channel transmission apparatus, which is applied to the first type of terminal equipment, including:
  • a determining module configured to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH when the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the first type of terminal the maximum bandwidth supported by the device; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device is less than or equal to the first preset value;
  • a first sending module configured to send the PUCCH on the first resource.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a channel transmission device, including:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first type of terminal equipment to use when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP the primary resource;
  • a receiving module configured to receive, on the first resource, the PUCCH sent by the first type of terminal equipment
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, where the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment ; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the determining of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH includes any one of the following resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource is a resource for sending PUCCH in a non-frequency hopping manner
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • any of the following methods is used:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the PUCCH is determined to be sent in any one of the following manners: First resource used:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one or more of the following:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model for determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal device sends the PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution, including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal sends the PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, where the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
  • first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP;
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following PUCCH resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource is a resource for sending PUCCH in a non-frequency hopping manner
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • any of the following methods is used:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the PUCCH is determined to be sent in any one of the following manners: First resource used:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one or more of the following:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model for determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal device sends the PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution, including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal sends the PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a processor-readable storage medium, where the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is configured to cause the processor to execute the first aspect as described above or the steps of the channel transmission method described in the second aspect.
  • the channel transmission method, device, terminal device, network device, and storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present application are applied to the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the terminal equipment of the first type sends the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, it determines that the bandwidth range of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal equipment of the first type, so that the first type of terminal equipment
  • the bandwidth of the PUCCH sent by the terminal equipment is within the bandwidth range supported by the first type of terminal equipment, so that the first type of terminal equipment can send the PUCCH correctly.
  • the maximum bandwidth of a type of terminal equipment causes the problem that the first type of terminal equipment cannot send the PUCCH correctly in the UL initial BWP.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a predefined public PUCCH resource in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of steps of a channel transmission method applied to a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of steps of a channel transmission method applied to a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of transmitting PUCCH without frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is another exemplary schematic diagram of PUCCH transmission without frequency hopping provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of RedCap frequency hopping transmission PUCCH provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of forced re-modulation between UL-UL on the uplink frequency band of an FDD system
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a RedCap frequency hopping transmission PUCCH provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another exemplary schematic diagram of RedCap frequency hopping transmission PUCCH provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of forced re-tuning between DL-UL in a TDD system
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a module of a channel transmission apparatus applied to a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a block diagram of a module of a channel transmission apparatus applied to a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE can only receive downlink information in the downlink initial BWP (Bandwidth Part) before successfully accessing the network device and obtaining the user-specific radio resource control RRC configuration specially configured by the network device.
  • Uplink information is sent in the initial BWP.
  • the bandwidth of DL initial BWP is always less than 20MHz, but the bandwidth of UL initial BWP is not limited. Can be greater than 20MHz.
  • RedCap reduced Capability
  • the NR system is about to support serving a reduced capability (Reduced Capability, RedCap) UE.
  • RedCap UE In pursuit of lower complexity and cost, RedCap UE only supports a narrow bandwidth, for example, its bandwidth does not exceed 20MHz. In this case, if the RedCap UE still uses the existing UL initial BWP, the uplink channel, such as the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), may not be sent correctly because its bandwidth is smaller than the UL initial BWP.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the user-specific RRC configuration can configure appropriate PUCCH transmission resources for RedCap UEs.
  • the UE can only learn the PUCCH resource set (PUCCH resource set) in a predefined manner.
  • This predefined set of PUCCH resources can be considered as a kind of "common PUCCH” resource set since it is the same for all UEs.
  • each PUCCH resource is "frequency hopping", and includes both the first hop and the second hop, and each PUCCH is sent in a "frequency hopping" manner.
  • the UE when the UE receives the DCI carried by the network device in the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), and receives the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) according to the DCI, the UE needs to know the data of the PDSCH. Whether it is successfully received or not, it is fed back on PUCCH.
  • UE according to the formula Determine the index of the used PUCCH resource in the PUCCH resource set, where r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index, determined according to the PUCCH resource indication field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH, and N CCE is the control resource set (Control Resource Set) where the DCI received by the UE is located.
  • the UE determines the PUCCH resource carrying the feedback information according to the following rules:
  • the index of the first Physical Resource Block (PRB) of the first hop hop1 of the PUCCH is:
  • the index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is in, is the bandwidth of the UL initial BWP (total number of PRBs included), N CS is the total number of initial cyclic shift indices, is a predefined offset value.
  • the definitions of the above-mentioned PUCCH resource sets and the involved parameters in the NR protocol are shown in Table 1 below:
  • the UE will determine the PUCCH resource for feeding back the PDSCH according to the above-mentioned predefined PUCCH resource set, frequency hopping rules, and indication information in the DCI.
  • the two hops of the PUCCH are respectively distributed at the edge of the frequency band of the UL initial BWP rather than near the center frequency band.
  • the frequency interval between two hops of a PUCCH resource is likely to be greater than 20MHz. If the RedCap UE also sends the PUCCH in the UL initial BWP, it is likely that the PUCCH cannot be sent correctly because the frequency interval between the two hops of the PUCCH is greater than the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE. For example, the RedCap UE can only send one of the hops; or, the RedCap UE performs retuning after sending the first hop, and sends the second hop after adjusting the operating frequency to the frequency near the second hop.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a channel transmission method, device, terminal equipment, network equipment and storage medium.
  • the embodiment of the present application It is determined that the bandwidth range of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE, so that the bandwidth of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE is within the bandwidth range supported by the RedCap UE, so that the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH correctly, so that the Solve the problem that the RedCap UE cannot correctly send the PUCCH in the UL initial BWP because the frequency interval between the two hops of the PUCCH is greater than the maximum bandwidth of the RedCap UE in the prior art.
  • the channel transmission method, device, terminal device, network device and storage medium provided by the present application will be explained and described in detail below through specific embodiments.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to various systems, especially 5G systems.
  • the applicable system may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, a wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) general packet Wireless service (general packet radio service, GPRS) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, Long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) system, universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) system, 5G New Radio (New Radio, NR) system, etc.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • general packet Wireless service general packet Radio service
  • GPRS general packet Wireless service
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE LTE
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the name of the terminal device may be different.
  • the terminal device may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • Wireless terminal equipment can communicate with one or more core networks (Core Network, CN) via a radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • "telephone) and computers with mobile terminal equipment eg portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-built or vehicle-mounted mobile devices, which exchange language and/or data with the radio access network.
  • Wireless terminal equipment may also be referred to as system, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point , a remote terminal device (remote terminal), an access terminal device (access terminal), a user terminal device (user terminal), a user agent (user agent), and a user device (user device), which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device and other network devices eg, core network device and access network device (ie, base station)
  • the terminal device is also regarded as a kind of network device.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a base station, and the base station may include a plurality of cells providing services for the terminal, or may be a CU (Central Unit, centralized control unit) or a DU (Distributed Unit, distributed unit).
  • the network device may also be called an access point, or may be a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal devices through one or more sectors on the air interface, or other names.
  • the network device can be used to exchange received air frames with Internet Protocol (IP) packets, and act as a router between the wireless terminal device and the rest of the access network, which can include the Internet. Protocol (IP) communication network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network devices may also coordinate attribute management for the air interface.
  • the network device involved in the embodiments of the present application may be a network device (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA). ), it can also be a network device (NodeB) in Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), or it can be an evolved network device in a long term evolution (LTE) system (evolutional Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), 5G base station (gNB) in 5G network architecture (next generation system), or Home evolved Node B (HeNB), relay node (relay node) , a home base station (femto), a pico base station (pico), etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node, and the centralized unit and the distributed unit may also be geographically separated.
  • a flowchart of steps of a channel transmission method applied to a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 101 When the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the support of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • Step 102 Send the PUCCH on the first resource.
  • the first type of terminal device can be understood as a UE with reduced capability (Reduced Capability, RedCap), that is, the maximum bandwidth it supports is less than or equal to a first preset value
  • the first preset value may be a preset value. defined, or set according to the actual situation.
  • the first preset value may be 20MHz or 40MHz, that is, the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device is 20MHz or 40MHz.
  • the frequency range of PUCCH transmission is limited so that the frequency range of PUCCH transmission does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment , so that the bandwidth of the PUCCH sent by the first type of terminal equipment is within the bandwidth range supported by the first type of terminal equipment, so that the first type of terminal equipment can send the PUCCH correctly.
  • the resources for sending the PUCCH are: : 1 Send PUCCH resources in non-frequency hopping mode (the non-frequency hopping mode here means that when sending PUCCH, it will not be sent in two hops); 2 Send PUCCH resources in frequency hopping mode and the first hop and the second The frequency spacing between hops does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • whether to send the PUCCH in a frequency hopping manner or in a non-frequency hopping manner can be in a predefined manner, or indicated by a network device, or through a predefined and a network device.
  • the setting indicates how the binding is to be determined.
  • the pre-defined method for example, it can be pre-defined by the protocol to directly specify that the PUCCH of the RedCap UE does not perform frequency hopping transmission before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration; or it can be specified that when the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located (such as When the UL initial BWP) is greater than a threshold value (such as the bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE), the PUCCH does not perform frequency hopping transmission, otherwise it performs frequency hopping transmission. It can be understood that the predefined manner does not require any indication of the network device, so the indication overhead can be saved.
  • the frequency hopping indication information sent by the gNB can be received to determine whether to perform frequency hopping transmission.
  • the frequency hopping indication information is used to indicate whether the PUCCH of the RedCap UE is frequency hopping. It can be carried in the system It is broadcast and sent in the information block SIB1 (System Information Block), and can also be carried in the downlink control information DCI (Downlink Control Information). It can be understood that the method based on network device indication is more flexible, but requires downlink indication overhead.
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • a threshold such as the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located is less than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined whether to send with frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping indication information of the gNB.
  • the first type of terminal device may send the PUCCH on the first resource, and then the network device may receive the PUCCH on the first resource.
  • the channel transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first type of terminal equipment, and the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment, so that the PUCCH bandwidth sent by the first type of terminal equipment is within Within the bandwidth range supported by the first type of terminal equipment, so that the first type of terminal equipment can correctly send the PUCCH, so as to solve the problem in the prior art because the frequency interval between the two hops of the PUCCH is greater than the maximum bandwidth of the first type of terminal equipment , which leads to the problem that the first type of terminal equipment cannot correctly send the PUCCH in the UL initial BWP.
  • the determining of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH includes any one of the following resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the non-frequency hopping mode here refers to sending When PUCCH is used, it will not be sent in two hops
  • 2 Determine the resources for sending PUCCH by frequency hopping and the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • whether to send the PUCCH in a frequency hopping manner or in a non-frequency hopping manner can be in a predefined manner, or indicated by a network device, or through a predefined and a network device.
  • the setting indicates how the binding is to be determined.
  • the pre-defined method for example, it can be pre-defined by the protocol to directly specify that the PUCCH of the RedCap UE does not perform frequency hopping transmission before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration; or it can be specified that when the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located (such as When the UL initial BWP) is greater than a threshold value (for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE), the PUCCH does not perform frequency hopping transmission, otherwise it performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • a threshold value for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the frequency hopping indication information sent by the gNB can be received to determine whether to perform frequency hopping transmission.
  • the frequency hopping indication information is used to indicate whether the PUCCH of the RedCap UE is frequency hopping. It can be carried in the system It is broadcast and sent in the information block SIB1 (System Information Block), and can also be carried in the downlink control information DCI (Downlink Control Information). It can be understood that the method based on network device indication is more flexible, but requires downlink indication overhead.
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • a threshold such as the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located is less than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined whether to send with frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping indication information of the gNB.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is based on any one of the following manners or Various to determine:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the second type of terminal equipment and the first type of terminal equipment are different terminal equipment
  • the first type of terminal equipment can be understood as a terminal equipment RedCap UE with reduced capability
  • the second type of terminal equipment can be understood as A non-RedCap UE or a normal terminal or a normal terminal or a traditional terminal is a terminal device with reduced capability.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH can be multiplexed with the existing normal terminal equipment (second type of terminal equipment) in the hopping mode
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop hop1 or the second hop hop2 when sending PUCCH frequently that is, it can be determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop hop1 and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop hop2 when the second type of terminal device sends PUCCH
  • the first type of terminal equipment sends the first resource used by the PUCCH.
  • the same determination method as the frequency position of hop1 is used to determine the frequency position of the PUCCH without frequency hopping, that is, if: Then the first PRB index of PUCCH is like Then the first PRB index of PUCCH is
  • the resource location of the PUCCH can be directly determined, the implementation is simple, and the indication of the r PUCCH by the existing DCI is multiplexed, which simplifies the indication complexity of the base station.
  • the PUCCH resources used by the RedCap UE and the existing UE are likely to overlap.
  • the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE can be further prevented from overlapping by the following method:
  • the RedCap UE uses The specific value of is the same as that used by the existing UE. takes different values (although still using the same formula as ), for example, the value is 8.
  • this method makes the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE not overlap, which helps to reduce the impact of the RedCap UE on the existing UE, and ensures that both UEs have sufficient PUCCH capacity.
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the frequency position of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, which is fed back by the first type of terminal equipment in the PUCCH, for example, the combination of the two
  • the starting frequency position is the same, or the central PRB position of the PDSCH is the same as the starting frequency position of the PUCCH.
  • the central PRB refers to: when N is an odd number, the central PRB is the (N+1)/2th PRB in N consecutive PRBs; when N is an even number, the central PRB is the (N+1)/2 PRB in the N consecutive PRBs N/2 or (N/2)+1 PRB.
  • the first type of terminal equipment used to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that is fed back by the first type of terminal equipment in the PUCCH.
  • a resource Specifically, after a DCI schedules a UE to receive a PDSCH, the UE feeds back on the PUCCH whether the reception of the PDSCH is correct or not, and the frequency position of the PUCCH can be determined by the frequency position of the scheduled DCI corresponding to the PDSCH to be fed back.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain start position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI) and indicated; or,
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position at which the first type of terminal equipment sends the designated uplink channel, for example, the designated uplink channel may be Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3 plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI). ) and indicated.
  • Msg1 is a first message
  • Msg1 is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • Msg3 is a third message
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the PUCCH The indication information of the frequency location is sent by the gNB to the RedCap UE through Msg4 (also called a conflict resolution message) in the fourth step of the random access process, then the RedCap UE can determine the frequency of the PUCCH according to the indication information carried in the Msg4. domain resources.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the frequency position where the PUCCH starting PRB is located.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is not sent by frequency hopping, and the UE only needs to determine a resource location related to the PUCCH to send, which is simple to implement.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop , the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is determined.
  • the first resource used by the PUCCH, wherein the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the RedCap UE (the first type of terminal equipment) and the existing UE (the second type of terminal equipment) completely share the above formula and parameters Then the PUCCH resources used by the RedCap UE and the existing UE are likely to overlap. To solve this problem, the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE can be further prevented from overlapping by the following method:
  • the RedCap UE uses The specific value of is the same as that used by the existing UE. takes different values (although still using the same formula as ), for example, the value is 8.
  • this method makes the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE not overlap, which helps to reduce the impact of the RedCap UE on the existing UE, and ensures that both UEs have sufficient PUCCH capacity.
  • the device when the first type of terminal equipment is determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that the first type of terminal equipment needs to feed back in the PUCCH, it determines the first resource used for sending the PUCCH by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index, determined according to the PUCCH resource indication field in the DCI scheduling PDSCH
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indices, Indicates the upstream initial BWP bandwidth.
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used to transmit the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI.
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of the designated uplink channel sent by the UE.
  • the designated uplink channel here may be Msg1 or Msg3, that is, the frequency position for sending the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or, the frequency position of the Lth PRB of PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or, The frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3 plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI). ) and indicated.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is composed of any one or more of the following Make sure:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • the first resource used for transmitting the PUCCH can be multiplexed with the existing normal terminal equipment (the second type of terminal equipment) in the frequency hopping mode.
  • the resources of hop1 and hop2 are also determined according to the new bandwidth parameter, specifically:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the frequency interval between the two hops where the RedCap sends the PUCCH can be within the bandwidth range of the RedCap, so that the RedCap can transmit the PUCCH normally.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible. that is making At this time, the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop of the PUCCH can be maximized within the bandwidth capability of the RedCap UE, so as to obtain a better frequency diversity gain.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE in frequency (the shift amount is both ), for example, both hop1 and hop2 are shifted
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a possible value of can be In this way, it can be ensured that the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE do not overlap with the PUCCH resources of the normal NR UE. It may also be other values, for example, it may be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resource occupied by Msg1 or Msg3. This design is especially suitable for Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) systems, because it enables the RedCap UE to send PUCCH close to the frequency of Msg1 or Msg3, so that it does not need to repeat the transmission between the two on the uplink frequency band. Frequency modulation (retuning). Also preferably, in the FDD system, The value of is the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resource occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the overall shift of the RedCap PUCCH resource set in frequency can make the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE not overlap with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can During PUCCH resource monitoring, different monitoring schemes can be used for RedCap UEs and ordinary NR UEs, which simplifies the implementation of the base station and reduces the impact of RedCap UEs on ordinary NR UEs.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission PUCCH can be determined by the following method:
  • the calculation method of the frequency position of hop1 and hop2 is reused, but when the calculation formula of the original hop1 and hop2 is used to calculate the frequency position, a bandwidth parameter Do the modulo calculation, Do not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by RedCap UE Also:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a Mod B is also calculated modulo. This method can make it possible that no matter what the value of A is, the modulo of B will become a value in the range of 0 to (B-1). Therefore, by this method, the frequency position of the two hops of the PUCCH resource can always be within the within the range.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), e.g. to translate both hop1 and hop2
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the PUCCH frequency and Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the value of is the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resource occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • the PUCCH will be concentrated in the low frequency or high frequency of the uplink BWP frequency band, respectively.
  • the base station can realize RedCap UE offloading when the value of r PUCCH is indicated by DCI, so that the PUCCH transmission of different RedCap UEs does not need to be concentrated in a frequency bandwidth of r PUCCH. within the area.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE in frequency (the shift amount is both ). The difference from the previous one is that hop1 can be translated For hop2, it is translation
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the PUCCH frequency and Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the value of is the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resource occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance, and also plays the role of offloading the PUCCH of different RedCap UEs to different The effect of the frequency range.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • RedCap UE Multiplexing the existing formulas of the second type of terminal equipment (ordinary UE) hop1 and hop2, but for the first type of terminal equipment (the terminal equipment RedCap UE with reduced capability), the formula in the formula Design so that the interval between the frequency positions calculated by hop1 and hop2 according to the formula does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE. For example, it is possible to make RedCap UE's The following conditions are met:
  • the hop1 and hop2 of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE are constrained to the center of the BWP Within the bandwidth range, the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH normally.
  • This method is especially suitable for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) systems, because it enables the center frequency of the RedCap UE to transmit PUCCH can also be the center frequency of the uplink BWP (such as UL initial BWP), while in the TDD system
  • the center frequency points of the downlink BWP and the uplink BWP are the same, and this method can avoid retuning when the uplink and downlink are switched in the TDD system.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission PUCCH can be determined by the following method:
  • Step 1 Use any of the methods in the first embodiment to determine a frequency and use the frequency as the frequency of PUCCH hop1. For example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop1 as:
  • Step 2 According to hop1 and a frequency deviation Determine the frequency position of hop2, for example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop2 as
  • using can be different, e.g. Time is a positive value, and Time is a negative value.
  • the frequency offset value which represents the frequency difference between hop2 and hop1, which can be predefined, or indicated by the network device, such as through SIB1 or DCI.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application does not need to design frequency positions for hop1 and hop2 respectively, and the frequency position of hop2 can always be determined according to the frequency position of hop1 and a frequency deviation value, so it is simpler and more flexible.
  • the frequency difference between hop1 and hop2 does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE, there should be
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is transmitted by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type terminal device sends PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value may refer to the relationship model after parameter replacement
  • the preset frequency offset value is directly added to the first type of terminal equipment to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value may also refer to the relationship model after parameter replacement and the preset frequency position. Perform other processing on the frequency offset value of the first type of terminal device to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the introduced preset frequency offset value may be
  • the preset frequency offset value can be used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), for example, both hop1 and hop2 are shifted
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a possible value of can be In this way, it can be ensured that the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE do not overlap with the PUCCH resources of the normal NR UE. It can also be other values, for example, it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3. This design is especially suitable for frequency division duplexing (Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD) systems, because it can make The frequency at which the RedCap UE transmits PUCCH is close to the frequency of Msg1 or Msg3, so that it does not need to perform retuning between the two when transmitting on the uplink frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the overall shift of the RedCap PUCCH resource set in frequency can make the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE not overlap with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can During PUCCH resource monitoring, different monitoring schemes can be used for RedCap UEs and normal NR UEs to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH it is determined that when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, the first jump and the initial frequency position corresponding to the second jump, and perform the first bandwidth parameter on the initial frequency position
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH according to the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset value may refer to adding directly to the modulo calculation result
  • the preset frequency offset value further determines the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH according to the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset value may also be a combination of the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset. Other operations are performed on the value to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • a preset frequency offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), e.g. to translate both hop1 and hop2
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • it can also be other values.
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the frequency of PUCCH and Msg1 or Msg3. The frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal transmits PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • the hop1 and hop2 of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE are constrained to the center of the BWP Within the bandwidth range, the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH normally.
  • This method is especially suitable for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) systems, because it enables the center frequency of the RedCap UE to transmit PUCCH can also be the center frequency of the uplink BWP (such as UL initial BWP), while in the TDD system
  • the center frequency points of the downlink BWP and the uplink BWP are the same, and this method can avoid retuning when the uplink and downlink are switched in the TDD system.
  • a flowchart of steps of a channel transmission method applied to a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 201 Send first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP ;
  • Step 202 On the first resource, receive the PUCCH sent by the first type of terminal equipment;
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the channel transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the network device sends first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first type of terminal equipment to send the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment, so that the PUCCH bandwidth sent by the first type of terminal equipment can be within the bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first type of terminal equipment can correctly send the PUCCH, which can solve the problem in the prior art that because the frequency interval between the two hops of the PUCCH is greater than the maximum bandwidth of the first type of terminal equipment, the first type of terminal equipment is in the UL The problem that the PUCCH cannot be sent correctly in the initial BWP.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following PUCCH resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first indication information may be borne by system information, or may be borne by DCI; the first indication information may indicate the PUCCH resource in at least one of the following manners:
  • the non-frequency hopping mode here refers to sending When PUCCH is used, it will not be sent in two hops
  • 2 Determine the resources for sending PUCCH by frequency hopping and the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • whether to send the PUCCH in a frequency hopping manner or in a non-frequency hopping manner can be in a predefined manner, or indicated by a network device, or through a predefined and a network device.
  • the setting indicates how the binding is to be determined.
  • the pre-defined method for example, it can be pre-defined by the protocol to directly specify that the PUCCH of the RedCap UE does not perform frequency hopping transmission before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration; or it can be specified that when the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located (such as When the UL initial BWP) is greater than a threshold value (for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE), the PUCCH does not perform frequency hopping transmission, otherwise it performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • a threshold value for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the frequency hopping indication information sent by the gNB can be received to determine whether to perform frequency hopping transmission.
  • the frequency hopping indication information is used to indicate whether the PUCCH of the RedCap UE is frequency hopping. It can be carried in the system It is broadcast and sent in the information block SIB1 (System Information Block), and can also be carried in the downlink control information DCI (Downlink Control Information). It can be understood that the method based on network device indication is more flexible, but requires downlink indication overhead.
  • the first indication information includes the frequency hopping indication information.
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • a threshold such as the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the PUCCH does not hop.
  • the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located is less than or equal to the threshold value, it is determined whether to send with frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping indication information of the gNB.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is based on any one of the following manners or Various to determine:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to any one or more of the following manners:
  • the second type of terminal equipment and the first type of terminal equipment are different terminal equipment
  • the first type of terminal equipment can be understood as a terminal equipment RedCap UE with reduced capability
  • the second type of terminal equipment can be understood as A non-RedCap UE or a normal terminal or a normal terminal or a traditional terminal is a terminal device with reduced capability.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH can be multiplexed with the existing normal terminal equipment (second type of terminal equipment) in the hopping mode
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop hop1 or the second hop hop2 when sending PUCCH frequently that is, it can be determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop hop1 and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop hop2 when the second type of terminal device sends PUCCH
  • the first type of terminal equipment sends the first resource used by the PUCCH.
  • the same determination method as the frequency position of hop1 is used to determine the frequency position of the PUCCH without frequency hopping, that is, if: Then the first PRB index of PUCCH is like Then the first PRB index of PUCCH is
  • the resource location of the PUCCH can be directly determined, the implementation is simple, and the indication of the r PUCCH by the existing DCI is multiplexed, which simplifies the indication complexity of the base station.
  • the PUCCH resources used by the RedCap UE and the existing UE are likely to overlap.
  • the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE can be further prevented from overlapping by the following method:
  • the RedCap UE uses The specific value of is the same as that used by the existing UE. takes different values (although still using the same formula as ), for example, the value is 8.
  • this method makes the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE not overlap, which helps to reduce the impact of the RedCap UE on the existing UE, and ensures that both UEs have sufficient PUCCH capacity.
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the frequency position of the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, which is fed back by the first type of terminal equipment in the PUCCH, for example, the combination of the two The starting frequency position is the same.
  • the first type of terminal equipment used to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that is fed back by the first type of terminal equipment in the PUCCH.
  • a resource Specifically, after a DCI schedules a UE to receive a PDSCH, the UE feeds back on the PUCCH whether the reception of the PDSCH is correct or not, and the frequency position of the PUCCH can be determined by the frequency position of the scheduled DCI corresponding to the PDSCH to be fed back.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain start position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI) and indicated; or,
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position at which the first type of terminal equipment sends the designated uplink channel, for example, the designated uplink channel may be Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3 plus a frequency offset value, and the frequency offset value may be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI). ) and indicated.
  • Msg1 is a first message
  • Msg1 is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • Msg3 is a third message
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH may be determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the PUCCH The indication information of the frequency location is sent by the gNB to the RedCap UE through Msg4 (also called a conflict resolution message) in the fourth step of the random access process, then the RedCap UE can determine the frequency of the PUCCH according to the indication information carried in the Msg4. domain resources.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the frequency position where the PUCCH starting PRB is located.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is not sent by frequency hopping, and the UE only needs to determine a resource location related to the PUCCH to send, which is simple to implement.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop , the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is determined.
  • the first resource used by the PUCCH, wherein the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the RedCap UE (the first type of terminal equipment) and the existing UE (the second type of terminal equipment) completely share the above formula and parameters Then the PUCCH resources used by the RedCap UE and the existing UE are likely to overlap. To solve this problem, the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE can be further prevented from overlapping by the following method:
  • the RedCap UE uses The specific value of is the same as that used by the existing UE. takes different values (although still using the same formula as ), for example, the value is 8.
  • this method makes the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE not overlap, which helps to reduce the impact of the RedCap UE on the existing UE, and ensures that both UEs have sufficient PUCCH capacity.
  • the device when the first type of terminal equipment is determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that the first type of terminal equipment needs to feed back in the PUCCH, it determines the first resource used for sending the PUCCH by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used to transmit the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI.
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of the designated uplink channel sent by the UE.
  • the designated uplink channel here may be Msg1 or Msg3, that is, the frequency position for sending the PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or, the frequency position of the Lth PRB of PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or, The frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3 plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI). ) and indicated.
  • Msg1 is a first message
  • Msg1 is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • Msg3 is a third message
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is composed of any one or more of the following Make sure:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH with The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • the first resource used for transmitting the PUCCH can be multiplexed with the existing normal terminal equipment (the second type of terminal equipment) in the frequency hopping mode.
  • the resources of hop1 and hop2 are also determined according to the new bandwidth parameter, specifically:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the frequency interval between the two hops where the RedCap sends the PUCCH can be within the bandwidth range of the RedCap, so that the RedCap can transmit the PUCCH normally.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), for example, both hop1 and hop2 are shifted
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a possible value of can be In this way, it can be ensured that the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE do not overlap with the PUCCH resources of the normal NR UE. It can also be other values, for example, it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the central PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3 (Msg1 is the first message, Msg1 is the random access request message or the random access pilot signal, Msg3 is the third message, and the third message is the connection establishment request message in the random access phase).
  • This design is especially suitable for Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the frequency of PUCCH and Msg1. Or the frequency of Msg3 is close, so that retuning is not required between the two when it is transmitted on the upstream frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the overall shift of the RedCap PUCCH resource set in frequency can make the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE not overlap with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can During PUCCH resource monitoring, different monitoring schemes can be used for RedCap UEs and normal NR UEs to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • the calculation method of the frequency position of hop1 and hop2 is reused, but when the calculation formula of the original hop1 and hop2 is used to calculate the frequency position, a bandwidth parameter Do the modulo calculation, Do not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by RedCap UE Also:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a Mod B is also calculated modulo. This method can make it possible that no matter what the value of A is, after modulo B, it will become a value in the range of 0 to (B-1). Therefore, by this method, the frequency position of the two hops of the PUCCH resource can always be within the within the range.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), e.g. to translate both hop1 and hop2
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • Msg1 is the first message
  • Msg1 is the random access request message or random access pilot signal
  • Msg3 is the third message
  • the third message is the connection in the random access phase.
  • this design is especially suitable for the FDD system, because it can make the frequency of the RedCap UE to send the PUCCH close to the frequency of Msg1 or Msg3, making it in the uplink No retuning is required between transmissions on the frequency band.
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • the PUCCH will be concentrated in the low frequency or high frequency of the uplink BWP frequency band, respectively.
  • the base station can realize RedCap UE offloading when the value of r PUCCH is indicated by DCI, so that the PUCCH transmission of different RedCap UEs does not need to be concentrated in a frequency bandwidth of r PUCCH. within the area.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ). The difference from the previous one is that hop1 can be translated For hop2, it is translation
  • it can also be other values.
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the frequency of PUCCH and Msg1 or Msg3. The frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance, and also plays the role of offloading the PUCCH of different RedCap UEs to different The effect of the frequency range.
  • the resources of the frequency hopping to send the PUCCH can be determined by the following method:
  • hop1 and hop2 of the existing second type of terminal equipment are completely reused, but for the first type of terminal equipment (the terminal equipment with reduced capability RedCap UE), the formula in the formula Design so that the interval between the frequency positions calculated by hop1 and hop2 according to the formula does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE.
  • the formula in the formula Design so that the interval between the frequency positions calculated by hop1 and hop2 according to the formula does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE.
  • it is possible to make RedCap UE's The following conditions are met:
  • the hop1 and hop2 of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE are constrained to the center of the BWP Within the bandwidth range, the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH normally.
  • This method is especially suitable for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) systems, because it enables the center frequency of the RedCap UE to transmit PUCCH can also be the center frequency of the uplink BWP (such as UL initial BWP), while in the TDD system
  • the center frequency points of the downlink BWP and the uplink BWP are the same, and this method can avoid retuning when the uplink and downlink are switched in the TDD system.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission of the PUCCH may be determined by the following method:
  • Step 1 Use any of the methods in the first embodiment to determine a frequency and use the frequency as the frequency of PUCCH hop1. For example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop1 as:
  • Step 2 According to hop1 and a frequency deviation Determine the frequency position of hop2, for example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop2 as
  • using can be different, e.g. Time is a positive value, and Time is a negative value.
  • the frequency offset value which represents the frequency difference between hop2 and hop1, which can be predefined, or indicated by the network device, such as through SIB1 or DCI.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application does not need to design frequency positions for hop1 and hop2 respectively, and the frequency position of hop2 can always be determined according to the frequency position of hop1 and a frequency deviation value, so it is simpler and more flexible.
  • the frequency difference between hop1 and hop2 does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE, there should be
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution including:
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type terminal device sends PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value may refer to the relationship model after parameter replacement
  • the preset frequency offset value is directly added to the first type of terminal equipment to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value may also refer to the relationship model after parameter replacement and the preset frequency position. Perform other processing on the frequency offset value of the first type of terminal device to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the introduced preset frequency offset value may be
  • the preset frequency offset value can be used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), for example, both hop1 and hop2 are shifted
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a possible value of can be In this way, it can be ensured that the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE do not overlap with the PUCCH resources of the normal NR UE. It can also be other values. For example, it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3. This design is especially suitable for frequency division duplexing (Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD) systems, because it can make The frequency at which the RedCap UE transmits the PUCCH is close to the frequency of the Msg1 or Msg3, so that it does not need to perform retuning between the two transmissions on the uplink frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the overall shift of the RedCap PUCCH resource set in frequency can make the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE not overlap with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can During PUCCH resource monitoring, different monitoring schemes can be used for RedCap UEs and normal NR UEs to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH it is determined that when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, the first jump and the initial frequency position corresponding to the second jump, and perform the first bandwidth parameter on the initial frequency position
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH according to the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset value may refer to adding directly to the modulo calculation result
  • the preset frequency offset value further determines the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • determining the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH according to the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset value may also be a combination of the modulo calculation result and the preset frequency offset. Other operations are performed on the value to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal device sends the PUCCH, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • a preset frequency offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), e.g. to translate both hop1 and hop2
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • it can also be other values.
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the frequency of PUCCH and Msg1 or Msg3. The frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal transmits PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • the hop1 and hop2 of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE are constrained to the center of the BWP Within the bandwidth range, the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH normally.
  • This method is especially suitable for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) systems, because it enables the center frequency of the RedCap UE to transmit PUCCH can also be the center frequency of the uplink BWP (such as UL initial BWP), while in the TDD system
  • the center frequency points of the downlink BWP and the uplink BWP are the same, and this method can avoid retuning when the uplink and downlink are switched in the TDD system.
  • the first indication information may indicate the above parameters at least one of the.
  • This application is mainly applied to 5G NR systems, including network equipment (such as base stations, gNBs) and terminal equipment, and terminal equipment especially includes terminal equipment with reduced capabilities (RedCap UE, namely the first type of terminal equipment); this application can also be applied to In other systems, as long as the terminal device needs to send the PUCCH to the network device.
  • network equipment such as base stations, gNBs
  • terminal equipment especially includes terminal equipment with reduced capabilities (RedCap UE, namely the first type of terminal equipment); this application can also be applied to In other systems, as long as the terminal device needs to send the PUCCH to the network device.
  • RedCap UE terminal equipment with reduced capabilities
  • FIG. 4 gives a schematic diagram of the applicable scenario of the present application.
  • Multiple UEs including UE1 and UE2 initiate random access to the gNB to apply for a wireless network connection service; the gNB receives a random access request from at least one UE and provides wireless services for it. Data interaction and transmission are performed between the gNB and UE1 and UE2 through wireless communication.
  • the core of the solution of the present application is that the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device RedCap UE with reduced capability, which is used to indicate that the bandwidth range of the first resource used by the RedCap UE when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP is not Exceeds the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE.
  • the solution provided by the present application will be explained and described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the RedCap UE to indicate that the bandwidth range of the first resource used by the RedCap UE when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP does not exceed the bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE.
  • the maximum bandwidth There are two ways to achieve the maximum bandwidth, one is to use the non-frequency hopping method, and the other is to use the frequency hopping method but the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE.
  • the specific implementation mode to be adopted can be determined not only by pre-definition, but also by the manner indicated by the network device.
  • the RedCap UE may determine whether to perform frequency hopping transmission on the PUCCH based on the following methods:
  • the PUCCH of the RedCap UE does not perform frequency hopping transmission until the user-specific RRC configuration is obtained; or it can be stipulated that when the UL BWP bandwidth (such as UL initial BWP) where the RedCap UE is located is greater than a threshold value (for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE), the PUCCH does not perform frequency hopping transmission, otherwise it performs frequency hopping transmission.
  • a threshold value for example, the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE
  • the predefined manner does not require any indication of the network device, thus saving indication overhead.
  • the frequency hopping indication information is used to indicate whether the PUCCH of the RedCap UE performs frequency hopping, which can be carried in the system information block SIB1 for broadcast transmission, or can be carried In the downlink control information DCI.
  • the PUCCH does not perform frequency hopping transmission; and when the UL BWP bandwidth where the RedCap UE is located is less than When it is equal to the threshold value, it is determined whether to send frequency hopping based on the frequency hopping indication information of the gNB.
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH when frequency hopping is not performed can be determined by the following method:
  • Manner 1 The method of the frequency position of the first hop 1 or the second hop 2 when the second type of terminal equipment transmits the PUCCH in a frequency hopping manner can be reused to determine the frequency position of the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH in a non-frequency hopping manner.
  • the same determination method as the frequency position of the first hop 1 of the second type of terminal equipment to determine the frequency position of the PUCCH that the first type of terminal equipment does not frequency hop that is: if Then the first PRB index of the PUCCH in which the first type of terminal equipment does not frequency hop is: like Then the first PRB index of the PUCCH in which the first type of terminal equipment does not frequency hop is: Refer to the schematic diagram when the PUCCH is sent in the non-frequency hopping manner shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the same method as the frequency position of the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment can be used to determine the frequency position of the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH;
  • the resource location of the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH can be directly determined, the implementation is simple, and the indication of the r PUCCH by the existing DCI is multiplexed, which simplifies the indication complexity of the base station.
  • the first indication information indicates r PUCCH .
  • the PUCCH resources used by the RedCap UE and the existing UE are likely to overlap.
  • the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE can be further prevented from overlapping by the following method:
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is A possible value of Refer to the schematic diagram of another example of no frequency hopping given in FIG. 6 .
  • the RedCap UE uses The specific value of is the same as that used by the existing UE. takes different values (although still using the same formula as ), for example, the value is 8.
  • this method makes the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE and the existing UE not overlap, which helps to reduce the impact of the RedCap UE on the existing UE, and ensures that both UEs have sufficient PUCCH capacity.
  • Mode 2 The frequency position of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE is determined by the frequency position of the corresponding received DCI.
  • a DCI schedules a UE to receive a PDSCH the UE feeds back on the PUCCH whether the PDSCH is received correctly or not, and the frequency position of the PUCCH can be determined by the frequency position of the scheduled DCI corresponding to the PDSCH to be fed back.
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain start position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI) and indicated; or,
  • Mode 3 The frequency location of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE is determined by the frequency location of other uplink channels sent by the UE.
  • “Other uplink channels in the third mode can be, for example, Msg1 or Msg3 (Msg1 is the first message, Msg1 is the random access request message or random access pilot signal, Msg3 is the third message, and the third message is random access. Phase connection establishment request message.).
  • the frequency position of PUCCH is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3. For example:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3; or,
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB of the PUCCH is the frequency position of the Kth PRB of Msg1 or Msg3 plus a frequency offset value.
  • the frequency offset value can be predefined or sent by the network device (such as in SIB1 or DCI). ) and indicated.
  • Mode 4 The frequency position of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE is indicated by the indication information carried in Msg4.
  • the indication information of the frequency position of the PUCCH is sent by the gNB to the RedCap UE through Msg4 (also called a conflict resolution message) in the fourth step of the random access process. Then the RedCap UE can determine the frequency domain resources of the PUCCH according to the indication information carried in Msg4.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the frequency position where the PUCCH starting PRB is located.
  • the gNB can receive the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE on the resource where the RedCap UE transmits the PUCCH.
  • the RedCap UE receives the downlink data sent by the network device
  • the RedCap UE determines to send the PUCCH resource according to the predefined method and/or the instruction of the network device, and sends the PUCCH to feedback the downlink data;
  • the network device correspondingly receives the PUCCH on the resource where the PUCCH is located.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is not sent by frequency hopping, and the UE only needs to determine a resource location related to the PUCCH to send, which is simple to implement.
  • This embodiment introduces a specific manner of determining the first resource when the PUCCH is transmitted in a frequency hopping manner.
  • the resources of the frequency hopping to send the PUCCH may be determined in the following manner:
  • Method 1 Multiplex the calculation method of the first hop hop1 and the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment, but use a bandwidth parameter Replace the BWP bandwidth in the original formula in Do not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by RedCap UE
  • the resources of hop1 and hop2 are also determined according to the new bandwidth parameter. Also:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the frequency interval between the two hops where the RedCap sends the PUCCH can be within the bandwidth range of the RedCap, so that the RedCap can transmit the PUCCH normally.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), for example, both hop1 and hop2 are shifted
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of PUCCH is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a possible value of can be In this way, it can be ensured that the PUCCH resources of the RedCap UE do not overlap with the PUCCH resources of the normal NR UE. It can also be other values, such as Msg1 or Msg3 (Msg1 is the first message, Msg1 is the random access request message or random access pilot signal, Msg3 is the third message, and the third message is the connection in the random access phase.
  • this design is especially suitable for the frequency division duplexing (Frequency Division Duplexing, FDD) system, because it can make the RedCap UE send the frequency of PUCCH and Msg1 Or the frequency of Msg3 is close, so that it does not need to perform retuning between the two when it is sent on the uplink frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • Figure 8 shows the forced retuning between UL and UL on the uplink frequency band of an FDD system. example of.
  • the overall shift of the RedCap PUCCH resource set in frequency can make the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE not overlap with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can During PUCCH resource monitoring, different monitoring schemes can be used for RedCap UEs and normal NR UEs to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • This embodiment introduces a specific manner of determining the first resource when the PUCCH is transmitted in a frequency hopping manner.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission PUCCH may be determined in the following manner 2:
  • Mode 2 The calculation method of the frequency position of the first hop hop1 and the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment is reused, but when the calculation formula of the first hop hop1 and the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment is used to calculate the frequency position, for a bandwidth parameter Do the modulo calculation, Do not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by RedCap UE Also:
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • a Mod B is also calculated modulo. This method can make it possible that no matter what the value of A is, after modulo B, it will become a value in the range of 0 to (B-1). Therefore, by this method, the frequency position of the two hops of the PUCCH resource can always be within the within the range.
  • the specific legend is similar to Fig. 7, so the specific legend is not given here.
  • the frequency hopping interval of the PUCCH that does not exceed the RedCap bandwidth range can be maximized, and the frequency diversity gain can be obtained as much as possible.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ), e.g. to translate both hop1 and hop2
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the first PRB index of the first hop hop1 is The index of the first PRB of the second hop hop2 is
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • This embodiment introduces a specific manner of determining the first resource when the PUCCH is transmitted in a frequency hopping manner.
  • the resources of the frequency-hopping transmission PUCCH may be determined in the following manner:
  • Mode 3 Reuse the calculation formulas of the first hop hop1 and the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment, but introduce the first bandwidth parameter, and use the The value of , adjust the position of hop2:
  • the PUCCH will be concentrated in the low frequency or high frequency of the uplink BWP frequency band, respectively, see the schematic diagram of another frequency hopping example given in FIG. 9 .
  • the base station can realize RedCap UE offloading when the value of r PUCCH is indicated by DCI, so that the PUCCH transmission of different RedCap UEs does not need to be concentrated in a frequency bandwidth of r PUCCH. within the area.
  • an offset value can be introduced It is used to shift the frequency position of the PUCCH resource set of the RedCap UE (the shift amount is both ). The difference from the previous one is that hop1 can be translated For hop2, it is translation
  • it can also be other values.
  • it can be the frequency position of the first PRB or the frequency position of the center PRB of the resources occupied by Msg1 or Msg3.
  • This design is especially suitable for FDD systems, because it can make the RedCap UE send the PUCCH frequency and Msg1 or Msg3. The frequencies are close to each other, so that retuning is not required between the two transmissions on the upstream band.
  • the PUCCH resource set used by the RedCap UE can be made non-overlapping with the PUCCH resource set used by the normal NR UE, so that the base station can monitor the PUCCH resources for the RedCap UE and the normal NR.
  • the UE uses different monitoring schemes to simplify the implementation of the base station.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance, and also plays the role of offloading the PUCCH of different RedCap UEs to different The effect of the frequency range.
  • This embodiment introduces a specific manner of determining the first resource when the PUCCH is transmitted in a frequency hopping manner.
  • the resources of the PUCCH to be sent by the frequency hopping may be determined in the following manner 4:
  • Mode 4 Completely reuse the existing formulas of the first hop hop1 and the second hop hop2 of the second type of terminal equipment, but for RedCap UE, the formula in the formula Design so that the interval between the frequency positions calculated by hop1 and hop2 according to the formula does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE. For example, it is possible to make RedCap UE's The following conditions are met:
  • hop1 and hop2 of PUCCH sent by RedCap UE are constrained to the center of BWP Within the bandwidth range, the RedCap UE can send the PUCCH normally.
  • This method is especially suitable for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) systems, because it enables the center frequency of the RedCap UE to transmit PUCCH can also be the center frequency of the uplink BWP (such as UL initial BWP), while in the TDD system
  • the center frequency points of the downlink BWP and the uplink BWP are the same.
  • This method can avoid retuning during uplink and downlink switching in a TDD system.
  • Figure 11 shows a TDD system that is forced to retune between DL and UL. example. Using the method provided in this embodiment can avoid retuning during uplink and downlink switching in the TDD system.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • This embodiment introduces a specific manner of determining the first resource when the PUCCH is transmitted in a frequency hopping manner.
  • the resources of the PUCCH to be sent by the frequency hopping may be determined in the following manner 5:
  • Step 1 Use any of the methods in the first embodiment to determine a frequency and use the frequency as the frequency of PUCCH hop1. For example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop1 as:
  • Step 2 According to hop1 and a frequency deviation Determine the frequency position of hop2, for example, determine the frequency position of the first PRB of hop2 as
  • using can be different, e.g. Time is a positive value, and Time is a negative value.
  • the frequency offset value which represents the frequency difference between hop2 and hop1, which can be predefined, or indicated by the network device, such as through SIB1 or DCI.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application does not need to design frequency positions for hop1 and hop2 respectively, and the frequency position of hop2 can always be determined according to the frequency position of hop1 and a frequency deviation value, so it is simpler and more flexible.
  • the frequency difference between hop1 and hop2 does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the RedCap UE, there should be
  • the first indication information indicates the frequency deviation value.
  • the first indication information may indicate the above parameters at least one of the.
  • the RedCap UE can always correctly transmit the PUCCH even before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration.
  • the PUCCH is sent by frequency hopping. Compared with the method without frequency hopping, this method can obtain frequency diversity gain, thereby obtaining better transmission performance.
  • the key of this embodiment is to make the PUCCH bandwidth range sent by the RedCap UE within the maximum bandwidth of the RedCap UE.
  • the RedCap UE can make the transmitted PUCCH without frequency hopping before obtaining the user-specific RRC configuration by a predefined method or a method instructed by the network device, or even with frequency hopping, the interval between two hops can be guaranteed to be within the range supported by the RedCap UE.
  • the PUCCH bandwidth sent by the RedCap UE is within the bandwidth range supported by the RedCap UE, so that the first type of terminal equipment can correctly send the PUCCH, which can solve the problem of the frequency between the two hops of the PUCCH in the prior art.
  • the interval is larger than the maximum bandwidth of the RedCap UE, which causes the problem that the RedCap UE cannot send the PUCCH correctly in the UL initial BWP.
  • the resources for sending PUCCH can be determined in the following ways:
  • the frequency location of the PUCCH resource is determined according to the method of the frequency location of hop1 or hop2;
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH resource is determined by the frequency position of the scheduled DCI corresponding to the PDSCH that needs to be fed back;
  • the frequency position of the PUCCH resource is determined by the frequency position of Msg1 or Msg3;
  • the frequency position where the PUCCH resource is located is indicated by the information in Msg4 (suitable for the case where the PUCCH needs to be sent whether the reception of Msg4 is successful or not during the random access process)
  • the resources for sending PUCCH can be determined in the following ways:
  • an additional offset value can be added to the frequency positions of hop1 and hop2.
  • the PUCCH of the RedCap UE uses Make the frequency interval between two PUCCH hops not greater than For example, if the conditions are met In particular, you can
  • frequency position and “frequency offset value between hop2 and hop1 "Determine the location of hop2, and the frequency offset value is determined by a predefined method or a method indicated by the network device.
  • the PUCCH is fixed for frequency hopping transmission, and the resources of the two hops are distributed on both sides of the UL initial BWP, which may cause the RedCap UE to fail to correct when it is in the UL initial BWP.
  • Send PUCCH The embodiments of the present application solve the above problems, so that the bandwidth of the PUCCH sent by the RedCap UE is within the maximum bandwidth of the RedCap UE, so that the RedCap UE can correctly send the PUCCH.
  • FIG. 12 it is a block diagram of a channel transmission device applied to a terminal device in the embodiment of the application, and the device is applied to the first type of terminal device, and specifically includes:
  • a determination module 11 configured to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH when the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the first type the maximum bandwidth supported by the terminal device; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal device is less than or equal to the first preset value;
  • the first sending module 12 is configured to send the PUCCH on the first resource.
  • this apparatus can implement all the method steps of the embodiment of the channel transmission method applied to the terminal device and can achieve the same technical effect, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 13 it is a module block diagram of a channel transmission apparatus applied to a network device in an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus includes:
  • the second sending module 21 is configured to send first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first type of terminal equipment when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP the primary resource used;
  • a receiving module 22 configured to receive, on the first resource, the PUCCH sent by the first type of terminal device;
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • this apparatus can implement all the method steps of the embodiment of the channel transmission method applied to the network device and can achieve the same technical effect, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application, including a memory 1420 , a transceiver 1400 , and a processor 1410 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1410 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1420 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and therefore will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1400 may be multiple elements, ie, including transmitters and receivers, providing means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 1410 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1420 may store data used by the processor 1410 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1410 may be a central processor (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device). , CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the memory 1420 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1400 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1410 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is sent in the uplink initial broadband part BWP, determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH, wherein the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment ; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value;
  • the PUCCH is sent on the first resource.
  • the determining of the first resource used for sending the PUCCH includes any one of the following resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is based on any one of the following manners or Various to determine:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop , the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the device when the first type of terminal equipment is determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that the first type of terminal equipment needs to feed back in the PUCCH, it determines the first resource used for sending the PUCCH by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is composed of any one or more of the following Make sure:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH it is determined that when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, the first jump and the initial frequency position corresponding to the second jump, and perform the first bandwidth parameter on the initial frequency position
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal transmits PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • the terminal equipment provided in the embodiments of the present application can implement all the method steps of the embodiment of the channel transmission method applied to the terminal equipment and can achieve the same technical effect, which is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application, including a memory 1520 , a transceiver 1500 , and a processor 1510 .
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically one or more processors represented by processor 1510 and various circuits of memory represented by memory 1520 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture may also link together various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be described further herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • Transceiver 1500 may be a number of elements, including a transmitter and a receiver, that provide means for communicating with various other devices over transmission media including wireless channels, wired channels, fiber optic cables, and the like.
  • the processor 1510 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 1520 may store data used by the processor 1510 in performing operations.
  • the processor 1510 can be a central processor (CPU), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or a complex programmable logic device (Complex Programmable Logic Device). , CPLD), the processor can also use a multi-core architecture.
  • CPU central processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • the memory 1520 is used to store computer programs; the transceiver 1500 is used to send and receive data under the control of the processor; the processor 1510 is used to read the computer programs in the memory and perform the following operations:
  • first indication information to the first type of terminal equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment when sending the physical uplink control channel PUCCH in the uplink initial broadband part BWP;
  • the bandwidth range of the first resource does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment; the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment is less than or equal to the first preset value.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate any one of the following PUCCH resources:
  • the resources of the PUCCH are sent in a frequency hopping manner, wherein the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop does not exceed the maximum bandwidth supported by the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is based on any one of the following manners or Various to determine:
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; wherein the second type of terminal equipment The maximum bandwidth supported by the device is greater than the first preset value;
  • the first resource used by the first type of terminal equipment to send the PUCCH is determined according to the indication information carried in the conflict resolution message sent by the network equipment during the random access process of the first type of terminal equipment.
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop , the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is determined by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and/or the frequency position corresponding to the second hop and the preset frequency offset value are determined according to the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the preset frequency offset value when the second type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH.
  • the preset frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device.
  • the device when the first type of terminal equipment is determined according to the frequency position of the scheduling downlink control information DCI corresponding to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH that the first type of terminal equipment needs to feed back in the PUCCH, it determines the first resource used for sending the PUCCH by any one of the following methods:
  • the frequency position of the first physical resource block PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the first control channel element CCE of the DCI;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI; L and K are integers greater than 0;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency domain starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and the second frequency offset value; wherein the second frequency offset value is a predefined sum / or as directed by network equipment;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency starting position of the Kth CCE of the DCI and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the following methods are used: any one of to determine the first resource used for sending the PUCCH:
  • the frequency position of the first PRB used for sending the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the first PRB of the first message or the third message; wherein, the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal, and the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal.
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for transmitting the PUCCH is the same as the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message;
  • the frequency position of the Lth PRB used for sending the PUCCH is a position determined according to the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and a third frequency offset value, wherein the third frequency offset value is predefined and/or indicated by the network device;
  • the first frequency offset value is determined by the frequency position of the Kth PRB of the first message or the third message and according to the first relational model or Determine the frequency position of the first PRB used to transmit the PUCCH;
  • r PUCCH represents the PUCCH resource index
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic shift indexes
  • the first resource used for sending the PUCCH is composed of any one or more of the following Make sure:
  • the relational model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH is compared with The upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the corresponding first sub-relationship model replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And according to the first sub-relation model after parameter substitution, it is determined in The frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH; and, according to the relationship model used to determine the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, and The corresponding second sub-relational model and the fourth frequency offset value are determined at is the frequency position corresponding to the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH; preferably, the fourth frequency offset value is
  • the possible values of the The possible values are different, and the possible values corresponding to the first type of terminal equipment so that the frequency interval between the first hop and the second hop when sending PUCCH is not greater than
  • the uplink initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter And determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH according to the relationship model after parameter substitution including:
  • the upstream initial BWP bandwidth parameter in the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH replaced with the first bandwidth parameter The frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal equipment sends the PUCCH are determined according to the relationship model after parameter substitution and the preset frequency offset value.
  • the relationship model used to determine the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the second type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH it is determined that when the first type of terminal equipment sends PUCCH, the first jump and the initial frequency position corresponding to the second jump, and perform the first bandwidth parameter on the initial frequency position
  • the modulo calculation of , and use the modulo calculation result as the frequency position corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when sending the PUCCH including:
  • the preset frequency offset value is any one or more of the following:
  • N CS represents the total number of initial cyclic displacement indices
  • the first message is a random access request message or a random access pilot signal
  • the third message is a connection establishment request message in the random access phase.
  • the first frequency offset value in the relationship model of the frequency positions corresponding to the first hop and the second hop when the first type of terminal sends the PUCCH The possible values of satisfies the following relationship:
  • the network device provided in this embodiment can implement all the method steps of the embodiment of the channel transmission method applied to the network device and can achieve the same technical effect, which is not repeated here.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a processor-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a processor-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the processor-readable storage medium, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the processes described in the foregoing embodiments. Methods.
  • the processor-readable storage medium can be any available medium or data storage device that can be accessed by a processor, including, but not limited to, magnetic storage (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.), optical storage (eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.), and semiconductor memory (eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • magnetic storage eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, magneto-optical disk (MO), etc.
  • optical storage eg, CD, DVD, BD, HVD, etc.
  • semiconductor memory eg, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, non-volatile memory (NAND FLASH), solid-state disk (SSD)
  • the processor-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and the computer program is used to cause the processor to execute the steps of the above-mentioned channel transmission method.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be provided as a method, a system, or a computer program product. Accordingly, the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware aspects. Furthermore, the present application may take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media having computer-usable program code embodied therein, including but not limited to disk storage, optical storage, and the like.
  • processor-executable instructions may also be stored in a processor-readable memory capable of directing a computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the processor-readable memory result in the manufacture of means including the instructions product, the instruction means implements the functions specified in the flow or flow of the flowchart and/or the block or blocks of the block diagram.
  • processor-executable instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process that Execution of the instructions provides steps for implementing the functions specified in the flowchart or blocks and/or the block or blocks of the block diagrams.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Input Circuits Of Receivers And Coupling Of Receivers And Audio Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质，方法包括：当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。本申请能够使得第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送PUCCH时所用的带宽在第一类终端设备支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH。

Description

信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求于2020年11月02日提交的申请号为2020112049917，发明名称为“信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其通过引用方式全部并入本文。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质。
背景技术
在第五代移动通信技术5G(5th generation mobile networks)的新无线NR(New Radio)系统中，用户设备(User Equipment，UE)在成功接入到网络设备、获取网络设备为其专门配置的用户特定无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)配置之前，只能在下行初始宽带部分BWP(DL initial BWP)中接收下行信息，以及在上行初始宽带部分BWP(UL initial BWP)中发送上行信息。其中，对于网络设备的载频在6GHz以下(又称频率范围1，Frequency Range 1，FR1)的情况，DL initial BWP的带宽总是不超过20MHz，但是UL initial BWP的带宽则并未存在限制，可以大于20MHz。
目前，NR系统即将支持服务一种能力降低(Reduced Capability，RedCap)的UE。RedCap UE为了追求更低的复杂度和成本，仅支持较窄的带宽，比如其带宽不超过20MHz。在这种情况下，若RedCap UE仍使用现有的UL initial BWP，有可能会因为其带宽小于UL initial BWP导致无法正确发送上行信道，如物理上行控制信道(Physical  Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质，用以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于RedCap UE的最大带宽，而导致RedCap UE在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。
为解决上述问题，具体地，本申请实施例提供了以下技术方案：
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种信道传输方法，应用于第一类终端设备，包括：
当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
可选地，所述确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，包括下述资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
可选地，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000001
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000002
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000003
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的 首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000004
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000005
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000007
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000008
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000009
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000010
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000011
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000013
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000014
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000015
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000016
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000017
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000018
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000019
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000020
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000021
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000022
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000023
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000024
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送 PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000025
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000026
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000027
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000028
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000029
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000030
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000031
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000032
可选地，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000033
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000034
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000035
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000036
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH 时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000037
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000038
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000039
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
可选地，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000040
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000041
第二方面，本申请实施例还提供了一种信道传输方法，包括：
向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示下述PUCCH资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
可选地，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000042
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000043
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000044
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000045
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000046
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000048
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000049
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000050
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000051
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000052
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000053
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000054
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000055
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000056
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000057
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000058
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000059
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000060
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳 和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000061
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000062
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000063
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000064
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000065
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000066
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000067
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000068
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000069
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000070
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000071
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000072
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000073
可选地，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000074
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000075
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000076
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000077
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000078
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000079
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000080
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
可选地，所述第一类终端发送所述PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000081
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000082
第三方面，本申请实施例还提供了一种信道传输装置，应用于第一类终端设备，包括：
确定模块，用于当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
第一发送模块，用于在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
第四方面，本申请实施例还提供了一种信道传输装置，包括：
第二发送模块，用于向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
接收模块，用于在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种终端设备，包括存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如下步骤：
当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
可选地，所述确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，包括下述资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的 频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
可选地，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000083
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000084
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000085
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送 PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000086
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000087
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000089
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000090
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000091
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000092
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000093
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000095
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000096
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000097
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000098
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000099
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000100
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000101
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000102
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位 置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000103
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000104
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000105
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000106
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000107
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000108
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000109
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000110
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000111
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000112
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000113
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000114
可选地，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000115
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000116
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应 的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000117
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000118
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000119
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000120
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000121
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
可选地，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000122
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000123
第六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备，包括存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如下步骤：
向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
可选地，所述第一指示信息用于指示下述PUCCH资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
可选地，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000124
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000125
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000126
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000127
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000128
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000129
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000130
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000131
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000132
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000133
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000134
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000135
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000136
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000137
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000138
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
可选地，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000139
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000140
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000141
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000142
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000143
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000144
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000145
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000146
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000147
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000148
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000149
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000150
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000151
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000152
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000153
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000154
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000155
可选地，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000156
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000157
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000158
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000159
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000160
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000161
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
可选地，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000162
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
可选地，所述第一类终端发送所述PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000163
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000164
第七方面，本申请实施例还提供一种处理器可读存储介质，所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行如上所述第一方面或第二方面所述的信道传输方法的步骤。
本申请实施例提供的信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质，应用于第一类终端设备，第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值，当第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽，从而使得第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH带宽在第一类终端设备支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH，从而可以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于第一类终端设备的最大带宽，而导致第一类终端设备在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普 通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是现有技术中预定义的公共PUCCH资源示意图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的应用于终端设备的信道传输方法的步骤流程图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的应用于网络设备的信道传输方法的步骤流程图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的应用场景示意图；
图5是本申请实施例提供的不跳频传输PUCCH的一个示例示意图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的不跳频传输PUCCH的另一个示例示意图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的RedCap跳频传输PUCCH的一个示例示意图；
图8是一个FDD系统的上行频带上在UL-UL之间被迫重调频的示意图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的RedCap跳频传输PUCCH的一个示例示意图；
图10是本申请实施例提供的RedCap跳频传输PUCCH的另一个示例示意图；
图11是一个TDD系统中被迫在DL-UL之间发生重调谐的示意图；
图12是本申请实施例提供的应用于终端设备的信道传输装置的模块框图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的应用于网络设备的信道传输装置的模块框图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图；
图15是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例，并不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
在5G NR系统中，UE在成功接入到网络设备、获取网络设备为其专门配置的用户特定无线资源控制RRC配置之前，只能在下行初始BWP(Bandwidth Part)中接收下行信息，以及在上行初始BWP中发送上行信息。其中，对于网络设备的载频在6GHz以下(又称频率范围1，Frequency Range 1，FR1)的情况，DL initial BWP的带宽总是不超过20MHz，但是UL initial BWP的带宽则并未存在限制，可以大于20MHz。
目前，NR系统即将支持服务一种能力降低(Reduced Capability，RedCap)的UE。RedCap UE为了追求更低的复杂度和成本，仅支持较窄的带宽，比如其带宽不超过20MHz。在这种情况下，若RedCap UE仍使用现有的UL initial BWP，可能因为其带宽小于UL initial BWP导致无法正确发送上行信道，如物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)。
具体来说，用户特定的RRC配置可以为RedCap UE配置合适的PUCCH传输资源。但对于尚未获得用户特定RRC配置之前，UE仅能通过预定义的方式获知PUCCH资源集合(PUCCH resource set)。这个预定义的PUCCH资源集合可以认为是一种“公共的PUCCH”资源集合，因为它对所有UE都是相同的。该预定义的PUCCH资源集合中，每一个PUCCH资源都是“跳频”的，也既包括第一跳和第 二跳两部分，而每个PUCCH均是以“跳频”方式发送的。
例如，当UE接收到网络设备在物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，PDCCH)中承载的DCI、并根据该DCI接收物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel，PDSCH)，UE需要对该PDSCH的成功接收与否，在PUCCH上进行反馈。UE根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000165
确定使用的PUCCH资源在PUCCH资源集合中的索引，其中，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，根据调度PDSCH的DCI中的PUCCH资源指示域确定，N CCE是UE接收的DCI所在的控制资源集合(Control Resource Set，CORESET)的控制信道单元(Control Channel Element，CCE)数，n CCE,0是接收PDCCH的首个CCE的索引，而△ PRI则是由DCI中的PUCCH资源指示域进行指示的。当确定r PUCCH后，UE根据如下规则确定承载反馈信息的PUCCH资源：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000166
则PUCCH第一跳hop1的首个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block，PRB)索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000167
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000168
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000169
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000170
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000171
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000172
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000173
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000174
是UL initial BWP的带宽(包括的PRB总数)，N CS是初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000175
是预定义的偏移值。NR协议中目前对上述PUCCH资源集合，以及所涉及的参数的定义如下表1所示：
表1
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000176
可见，当UE接收到DCI所调度的PDSCH后，会根据上述预定义的PUCCH资源集合，跳频规则，以及DCI中的指示信息，确定对PDSCH进行反馈的PUCCH资源。如图1所示的现有技术例子，其中，假设UL initial BWP的带宽大于20MHz。在现有技术中，对于上述“公共的PUCCH”而言，由于其固有的跳频特征，PUCCH的两跳分别分布在UL initial BWP的频带边沿而非中心频带附近。当UL initial BWP的带宽大于20MHz时，一个PUCCH资源的两跳之间的频率间隔很可能大于20MHz。若RedCap UE也在该UL initial BWP中发送PUCCH，很可能因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于RedCap UE支持的最大带宽，而导致其PUCCH无法正确发送。例如，RedCap UE仅能发送其中的一跳；又或者，RedCap UE在发送完第一跳后进行重调频(retuning)，在把工作频率调整到第二跳所在的频率 附近后发送第二跳，但在调频过程中UE无法进行任何发送，导致PUCCH部分符号的缺失和正交性的破坏。为解决该问题，本申请实施例提供了一种信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质，本申请实施例在RedCap UE在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽，从而使得RedCap UE发送的PUCCH带宽在RedCap UE支持的带宽范围内，从而让RedCap UE可以正确发送PUCCH，从而可以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于RedCap UE的最大带宽，而导致RedCap UE在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。下面将通过具体实施例对本申请提供的信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质进行详细解释和说明。
需要说明的是，在下述描述内容中，由于方法和装置是基于同一申请构思的，方法和装置解决问题的原理相似，因此装置和方法的实施可以相互参见，重复之处不再赘述。
此外，需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于多种系统，尤其是5G系统。例如适用的系统可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)系统、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)系统、高级长期演进(long term evolution advanced，LTE-A)系统、通用移动系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)系统、5G新无线(New Radio,NR)系统等。这多种系统中均包括终端设备和网络设备。系统 中还可以包括核心网部分，例如演进的分组系统(Evloved Packet System,EPS)、5G系统(5GS)等。
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备，可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备等。在不同的系统中，终端设备的名称可能也不相同，例如在5G系统中，终端设备可以称为用户设备(User Equipment，UE)。无线终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网(Core Network,CN)进行通信，无线终端设备可以是移动终端设备，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端设备的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiated Protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户装置(user device)，本申请实施例中并不限定。由于终端设备与其它网络设备(例如核心网设备、接入网设备(即基站))一起构成一个可支持通信的网络，在本申请中，终端设备也视为一种网络设备。
本申请实施例涉及的网络设备，可以是基站，该基站可以包括多个为终端提供服务的小区，也可以是CU(Central Unit，集中控制单元)或者DU(Distributed Unit，分布式单元)。根据具体应用场合不同，网络设备又可以称为接入点，或者可以是接入网中在空中接口上 通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者其它名称。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(Internet Protocol，IP)分组进行相互更换，作为无线终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)通信网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，本申请实施例涉及的网络设备可以是全球移动通信系统(Global System for Mobile communications，GSM)或码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是带宽码分多址接入(Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)中的网络设备(NodeB)，还可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统中的演进型网络设备(evolutional Node B，eNB或e-NodeB)、5G网络架构(next generation system)中的5G基站(gNB)，也可以是家庭演进基站(Home evolved Node B，HeNB)、中继节点(relay node)、家庭基站(femto)、微微基站(pico)等，本申请实施例中并不限定。在一些网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点，集中单元和分布单元也可以地理上分开布置。
此外，应理解，本申请实施例中术语“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。
下面对本申请进行具体说明。
如图2所示，为本申请实施例提供的应用于终端设备的信道传输方法的步骤流程图，该方法包括如下步骤：
步骤101：当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
步骤102：在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
在本实施例中，第一类终端设备可以理解成能力降低(Reduced Capability，RedCap)的UE，也即其支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值，该第一预设值可以是预定义的，或者是根据实际情况进行设定。例如，第一预设值可以是20MHz，或者40MHz，也既第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽为20MHz，或者40MHz。
在本实施例中，当第一类终端设备在UL initial BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，通过限制PUCCH发送的频率范围，使得PUCCH发送的频率范围不超过第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽，从而使得第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH带宽在第一类终端设备支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH。
在本实施例中，在确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽时，存在两种实现方式，两种方式中发送PUCCH的资源为：①以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源(这里的非跳频方式就是指在发送PUCCH时，不会分两跳进行发送)；②以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源且第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可以理解的是，在实际应用时，具体是以跳频方式发送PUCCH还是以非跳频方式发送PUCCH，可以通过预定义的方式，也可以通过网络设备指示的方式，也可以通过预定义和网络设置指示结合的方式进行确定。
对于预定义的方式，举例来说，可以通过协议预定义，直接规定RedCap UE的PUCCH在获得用户特定的RRC配置之前不进行跳频发送；或者可以规定，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送，否则进行跳频发送。可以理解的是，预定义的方式不需要任何网络设备的指示，因此可以节省指示开销。
对于网络设备指示的方式，举例来说，可以通过接收gNB发送跳频指示信息，确定是否进行跳频发送，该跳频指示信息用于指示RedCap UE的PUCCH是否进行跳频，它可以承载在系统信息块SIB1(System Information Block)中广播发送，也可以承载在下行控制信息DCI(Downlink Control Information)中。可以理解的是，基于网络设备指示的方式较为灵活，但是需要下行指示开销。
对于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式，举例来说，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送；而当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽小于或等于该门限值时，则基于gNB的跳频指示信息确定是否跳频发送。可以理解的是，基于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式综合了指示开销节省以及灵活的优势，属于一种比较折中的方案。
可以理解的是，在采用如上面所描述的方式也即在根据PUCCH所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽这一核心思想确定好第一资源后，第一类终端设备可以在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH，进而网络设备可以在所述第一资源上接收所述PUCCH。
由此可见，本申请实施例提供的信道传输方法，应用于第一类终端设备，第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值，当第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道 PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽，从而使得第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH带宽在第一类终端设备支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH，从而可以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于第一类终端设备的最大带宽，而导致第一类终端设备在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，包括下述资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
在本实施例中，在确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，至少包括下述两种实现方式：①确定以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源(这里的非跳频方式就是指在发送PUCCH时，不会分两跳进行发送)；②确定以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源且第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可以理解的是，在实际应用时，具体是以跳频方式发送PUCCH还是以非跳频方式发送PUCCH，可以通过预定义的方式，也可以通过网络设备指示的方式，也可以通过预定义和网络设置指示结合的方式进行确定。
对于预定义的方式，举例来说，可以通过协议预定义，直接规定RedCap UE的PUCCH在获得用户特定的RRC配置之前不进行跳频发送；或者可以规定，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送，否则进行跳频发送。可以理解的是，预定义的方式不需要任何网络设备的指示，因此可以节省指示开销。
对于网络设备指示的方式，举例来说，可以通过接收gNB发送跳频指示信息，确定是否进行跳频发送，该跳频指示信息用于指示RedCap UE的PUCCH是否进行跳频，它可以承载在系统信息块SIB1(System Information Block)中广播发送，也可以承载在下行控制信息DCI(Downlink Control Information)中。可以理解的是，基于网络设备指示的方式较为灵活，但是需要下行指示开销。
对于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式，举例来说，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送；而当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽小于或等于该门限值时，则基于gNB的跳频指示信息确定是否跳频发送。可以理解的是，基于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式综合了指示开销节省以及灵活的优势，属于一种比较折中的方案。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一 类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
A、根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
在本实施例中，所述第二类终端设备与所述第一类终端设备是不同的终端设备，第一类终端设备可以理解成能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE，第二类终端设备可以理解成非能力降低的终端设备non-RedCap UE或普通终端或者正常终端或者传统终端。
在本实施例中，第一类终端设备在以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源可以复用现有的正常终端设备(第二类终端设备)在跳频发送PUCCH时第一跳hop1或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置，也即可以根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳hop1对应的频率位置和/或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
例如，规定使用与hop1的频率位置相同的确定方法来确定不跳频的PUCCH的频率位置，也既：若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000177
则PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000178
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000179
则PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000180
又或者，类似地，规定使用与hop2的频率位置相同的方法来确 定PUCCH的频率位置；
又或者，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000181
的值，均使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000182
(或者
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000183
)确定PUCCH首个PRB的索引。
通过上述方法，可以直截了当地确定PUCCH的资源位置，实现简单，且复用了现有DCI对r PUCCH的指示，简化了基站的指示复杂度。
特别地，若RedCap UE和现有UE完全共享上述公式以及参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000184
则RedCap UE和现有UE所使用的PUCCH资源很可能存在交叠。而在上述方法的基础上，可以更进一步地通过下述方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不存在交叠：
①引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000185
用于确定RedCap UE的PUCCH的频率位置，例如：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000186
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000187
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000188
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000189
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000190
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000191
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000192
②通过预定义和/或指示的方法，RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000193
的具体取值与现有UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000194
的取值不同(尽管仍然使用相同的公式如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000195
)，例如取值为8。
需要说明的是，通过这种方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不交叠，这样有助于降低RedCap UE对现有UE造成的影响，保证两种UE都有足够的PUCCH容量。
B、根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH 所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，例如两者的起始频率位置相同，或者，PDSCH的中心PRB位置与PUCCH的起始频率位置相同。其中，中心PRB指的是：N为奇数时，中心PRB是N个连续的PRB中的第(N+1)/2个PRB；N为偶数时，中心PRB是N个连续的PRB中的第N/2或第(N/2)+1个PRB。
C、根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，具体的，当一个DCI调度UE接收PDSCH后，UE针对该PDSCH的接收正确与否在PUCCH上进行反馈，则该PUCCH的频率位置可以由该待反馈的PDSCH对应的调度DCI的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的；或者，
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000196
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000197
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000198
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
D、根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，PUCCH频率位置由第一类终端设备发送指定上行信道的频率位置确定，例如，指定上行信道可以是Msg1或者Msg3。PUCCH的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的首个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的。
通过Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB频率位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000199
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000200
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000201
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
在本实施例中，Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
E、根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，具体地，PUCCH的频率位置的指示信息在随机接入过程中的第四步中由gNB通过Msg4(也称冲突解决消息)发送给RedCap UE的，则RedCap UE可以根据Msg4中承载的指示信息，确定PUCCH的频域资源。该指示信息可以直接指示 PUCCH起始PRB所在的频率位置。
可以理解的是，通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH并不是跳频发送的，UE仅需确定一个PUCCH相关的资源位置即可发送，实现简单。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000202
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000203
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000204
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
A、通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000205
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000206
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000207
取值不同；
B、通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，若RedCap UE(第一类终端设备)和现有UE(第二类终端设备)完全共享上述公式以及参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000208
则RedCap UE和现有UE所使用的PUCCH资源很可能存在交叠，为解决该问题，可以更进一步地通过下述方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不存在交叠：
①引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000209
用于确定RedCap UE的PUCCH的频率位置，例如：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000210
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000211
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000212
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000213
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000214
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000215
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000216
②通过预定义和/或指示的方法，RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000217
的具体取值与现有UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000218
的取值不同(尽管仍然使用相同的公式如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000219
)，例如取值为8。
需要说明的是，通过这种方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不交叠，这样有助于降低RedCap UE对现有UE造成的影响，保证两种UE都有足够的PUCCH容量。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000220
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000221
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000222
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000223
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000224
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，根据调度PDSCH的DCI中的PUCCH资源指示域确定，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000225
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
在本实施例中，发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同，这里对L和K的关系不作特殊设定，可以根据需求自由组合。举例来说，如L＝1且K＝1，这样就相当于两者的频率起始位置是对齐的；又如，L为PUCCH所占资源的频率宽度的1/2，K为DCI所占资源的频率宽度的1/2，这样就相当于两者的中心频率位置是对齐的。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000226
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000227
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000228
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000229
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000230
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000231
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
在本实施例中，PUCCH频率位置由UE发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定。这里的指定上行信道可以是Msg1或者Msg3，也即发送PUCCH的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置确定。例如：PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的首个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的。或者，通过Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB频率位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000232
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000233
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000234
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000235
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应 的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000236
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000237
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000238
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000239
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000240
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000241
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000242
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000243
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000244
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000245
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000246
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000247
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000248
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000249
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000250
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000251
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000252
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
A、将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000253
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000254
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000255
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000256
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
在本实施例中，第一类终端设备在以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源可以复用现有的正常终端设备(第二类终端设备)在跳频发送PUCCH时计算第一跳hop1或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置的方法，但是需要使用一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000257
替代原公式中的BWP带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000258
其中
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000259
不超过RedCap UE的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000260
也既根据该新的带宽参数确定hop1和hop2的资源，具体为：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000261
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000262
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000263
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000264
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000265
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000266
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000267
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000268
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000269
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000270
通过这种方法，可以使得RedCap发送PUCCH的两跳之间的频率间隔在RedCap的带宽范围内，让RedCap可以正常传输PUCCH。
特别地，可以使得
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000271
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。也即在使得
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000272
时可以PUCCH第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔在RedCap UE带宽能力范围内变得最大，从而获得较好的频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000273
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行频率上的平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000274
)，例如hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000275
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000276
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000277
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000278
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000279
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000280
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000281
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000282
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000283
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000284
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000285
的一个可取值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000286
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000287
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置。这个设计尤其适合频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。也既优选的，FDD系统中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000288
的取值为Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现，减少RedCap UE对普通NR UE的影响。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
B、根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000289
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示 的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
复用hop1和hop2频率位置的计算方法，但是在使用原hop1和hop2的计算公式计算频率位置时，对一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000290
进行取模计算，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000291
不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000292
也既：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000293
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000294
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000295
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000296
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000297
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000298
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000299
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000300
可以理解的是，A Mod B也既取模计算，这种方法可以使得无论A的值大小如何，对B取模后都将会变成一个0～(B-1)范围内的数值。因此，通过本方法，PUCCH资源两跳的频率位置总能在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000301
范围内。
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000302
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000303
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000304
)，例如对hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000305
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000306
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000307
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000308
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000309
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000310
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000311
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000312
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000313
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000314
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000315
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000316
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000317
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。也既，优选的，FDD系统中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000318
的取值为Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
C、将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000319
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000320
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000321
并根据参数 替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000322
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000323
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000324
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000325
此时第一资源在UL初始BWP中是中心对称的，因此可以避免对上行传输资源的不规则切分，简化基站的资源分配；
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
复用第二类终端设备hop1和hop2的计算公式，但引入第一带宽参数，并根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000326
的值，调整hop2的位置：
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000327
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000328
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000329
对于hop2，在原公式基础上使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000330
替代
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000331
既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000332
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000333
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000334
对于hop2，增加
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000335
的第四频域偏移值，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000336
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000337
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000338
本实施例的方法中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000339
的值为0或1，PUCCH将会分别集中在上行BWP频带的低频或者高频。相比前面的方法，它的一个好处是使得基站可以通过DCI指示r PUCCH的值时实现RedCap UE分流，让不同RedCap UE的PUCCH发送可以不必集中在一个频带 宽度为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000340
的区域内。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000341
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行频率上的平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000342
)。与前面不同的是，对hop1可平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000343
而对hop2，则是平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000344
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000345
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000346
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000347
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000348
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000349
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000350
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000351
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000352
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000353
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000354
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000355
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。此外，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000356
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。也既，优选的，FDD系统中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000357
的取值为Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能，并且还起到了把不同的RedCap UE的PUCCH分流到不同频率范围的效果。
D、确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000358
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000359
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000360
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000361
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
复用现有第二类终端设备(普通UE)hop1和hop2的公式，但对第一类终端设备(能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE)而言，公式中的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000362
进行设计，使得hop1和hop2根据公式计算出来的频率位置的间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。例如，可以令RedCap UE的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000363
满足如下条件：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000364
也既：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000365
特别地，可以有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000366
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000367
在这种方法下，RedCap UE发送的PUCCH的hop1和hop2被约束在BWP的中心
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000368
带宽范围内，这样RedCap UE就可以正常发送PUCCH。这种方法尤其适合时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统，因为它使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH时的中心频点同样也可以是上行BWP(如UL initial BWP)的中心频点，而TDD系统中下行BWP和上行BWP的中心频点是相同的，本方法可以避免在TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐。也既，优选的，TDD系统中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000369
的取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000370
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000371
另外，上述方法中以“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000372
取值与普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000373
取值不同”进行说明的。这种方法也可以等效成“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000374
是普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000375
基础上再加上一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000376
得到”，两者的实质是相同的。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
E、确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000377
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示 的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
步骤1、使用第一实施例中任意一种的方法，确定一个频率，并把该频率作为PUCCH hop1的频率，例如，确定hop1的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000378
步骤2、根据hop1和一个频率偏差
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000379
确定hop2的频率位置，例如，确定hop2的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000380
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000381
在一种可能的设计中，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000382
的值如何，均使用相同的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000383
在另一种可能的设计中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000384
为0或者1，使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000385
可以不同，例如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000386
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000387
为一个正值，而
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000388
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000389
为一个负值。
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000390
是频率偏差值，它表示hop2和hop1之间的频率差，它可以是预定义的，或者由网络设备指示的，如通过SIB1或者DCI进行指示。
本申请实施例中的方法，无需分别为hop1和hop2设计频率位置，hop2的频率位置总是可以根据hop1的频率位置和一个频率偏差值确定，因此更简单灵活。为了令hop1和hop2之间的频率差不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽，应有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000391
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分 集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000392
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000393
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000394
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000395
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
在本实施例中，根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置可以指在参数替代后的关系模型中直接加上预设的频率偏移值进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。此外，根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置还可以指对参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值进行其他处理进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，本实施例对此不作限定。
在本实施例中，引入的预设的频率偏移值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000396
该预设的频率偏移值可以用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000397
)，例如hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000398
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000399
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000400
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000401
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000402
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000403
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000404
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000405
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000406
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000407
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000408
的一个可取值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000409
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000410
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000411
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳 和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000412
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
在本实施例中，根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置可以指在取模计算结果上直接加上预设的频率偏移值进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。此外，根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置还可以是对取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值进行其他运算进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，本实施例对此不作限定。
在本实施例中，可以引入一个预设的频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000413
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000414
)，例如对hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000415
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000416
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000417
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000418
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000419
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000420
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000421
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000422
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000423
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000424
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000425
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000426
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000427
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000428
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000429
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000430
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。此外，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000431
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000432
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000433
在本实施例中，当复用现有第二类终端设备(普通UE)hop1和hop2的公式，但对第一类终端设备(能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE)而言，公式中的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000434
进行设计，使得hop1和hop2根据公式计算出来的频率位置的间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。例如，可以令RedCap UE的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000435
满足如下条件：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000436
也既：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000437
特别地，可以有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000438
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000439
在这种方法下，RedCap UE发送的PUCCH的hop1和hop2被约束在BWP的中心
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000440
带宽范围内，这样RedCap UE就可以正常发送PUCCH。这种方法尤其适合时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统，因为它使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH时的中心频点同样也可以是上行BWP(如UL initial BWP)的中心频点，而TDD系统中下行BWP和上行BWP的中心频点是相同的，本方法可以避免在TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐。
如图3所示，为本申请实施例提供的应用于网络设备的信道传输方法的步骤流程图，该方法包括如下步骤：
步骤201：向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
步骤202：在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
本申请实施例提供的信道传输方法，应用于第一类终端设备，第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值，当第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，网络设备向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源，第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽，从而可以使得第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH带宽在第一类终端设备支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH，从而可以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于第一类终端设备的最大带宽，而导致第一类终端设备在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一指示信息用于指示下述PUCCH资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
示例性的，第一指示信息可以是通过系统信息承载的，也可以是通过DCI承载的；第一指示信息可以通过如下方式中的至少一种指示PUCCH资源：
A.指示是否跳频，以及指示确定承载PUCCH的第一资源的参数；
B.指示是否跳频；而承载PUCCH的第一资源是根据预定义的方式确定的；
C.指示承载PUCCH的第一资源的参数；而是否跳频是通过预定义的方式确定的；
在本实施例中，在确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，至少包括下述两种实现方式：①确定以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源(这里的非跳频方式就是指在发送PUCCH时，不会分两跳进行发送)；②确定以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源且第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
可以理解的是，在实际应用时，具体是以跳频方式发送PUCCH还是以非跳频方式发送PUCCH，可以通过预定义的方式，也可以通过网络设备指示的方式，也可以通过预定义和网络设置指示结合的方式进行确定。
对于预定义的方式，举例来说，可以通过协议预定义，直接规定RedCap UE的PUCCH在获得用户特定的RRC配置之前不进行跳频发送；或者可以规定，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送，否则进行跳频发送。可以理解的是，预定义的方式不需要任何网络设备的指示，因此可以节省指示开销。
对于网络设备指示的方式，举例来说，可以通过接收gNB发送跳频指示信息，确定是否进行跳频发送，该跳频指示信息用于指示RedCap UE的PUCCH是否进行跳频，它可以承载在系统信息块SIB1(System Information Block)中广播发送，也可以承载在下行控制信息DCI(Downlink Control Information)中。可以理解的是，基于网络设备指示的方式较为灵活，但是需要下行指示开销。
在一个可行的实施例中，第一指示信息包括该跳频指示信息。
对于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式，举例来说，当RedCap  UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送；而当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽小于或等于该门限值时，则基于gNB的跳频指示信息确定是否跳频发送。可以理解的是，基于预定义和网络设备指示相结合的方式综合了指示开销节省以及灵活的优势，属于一种比较折中的方案。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
A、根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
在本实施例中，所述第二类终端设备与所述第一类终端设备是不同的终端设备，第一类终端设备可以理解成能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE，第二类终端设备可以理解成非能力降低的终端设备non-RedCap UE或普通终端或者正常终端或者传统终端。
在本实施例中，第一类终端设备在以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源可以复用现有的正常终端设备(第二类终端设备)在跳频发送PUCCH时第一跳hop1或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置，也即可以根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳hop1对应的频率位置和/或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
例如，规定使用与hop1的频率位置相同的确定方法来确定不跳频的PUCCH的频率位置，也既：若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000441
则PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000442
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000443
则PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000444
又或者，类似地，规定使用与hop2的频率位置相同的方法来确定PUCCH的频率位置；
又或者，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000445
的值，均使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000446
(或者
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000447
)确定PUCCH首个PRB的索引。
通过上述方法，可以直截了当地确定PUCCH的资源位置，实现简单，且复用了现有DCI对r PUCCH的指示，简化了基站的指示复杂度。
特别地，若RedCap UE和现有UE完全共享上述公式以及参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000448
则RedCap UE和现有UE所使用的PUCCH资源很可能存在交叠。而在上述方法的基础上，可以更进一步地通过下述方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不存在交叠：
①引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000449
用于确定RedCap UE的PUCCH的频率位置，例如：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000450
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000451
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000452
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000453
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000454
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000455
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000456
②通过预定义和/或指示的方法，RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000457
的具体取值与现有UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000458
的取值不同(尽管仍然使用相同的公式如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000459
)，例如取值为8。
需要说明的是，通过这种方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不交叠，这样有助于降低RedCap UE对现有UE造成的影响，保证两种UE都有足够的PUCCH容量。
B、根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，例如两者的起始频率位置相同。
C、根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，具体的，当一个DCI调度UE接收PDSCH后，UE针对该PDSCH的接收正确与否在PUCCH上进行反馈，则该PUCCH的频率位置可以由该待反馈的PDSCH对应的调度DCI的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的；或者，
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000460
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000461
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000462
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
D、根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
在本实施例中，PUCCH频率位置由第一类终端设备发送指定上行信道的频率位置确定，例如，指定上行信道可以是Msg1或者Msg3。PUCCH的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的首个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的， 或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的。
通过Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB频率位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000463
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000464
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000465
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
在本实施例中，Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
E、根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
在本实施例中，可以根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，具体地，PUCCH的频率位置的指示信息在随机接入过程中的第四步中由gNB通过Msg4(也称冲突解决消息)发送给RedCap UE的，则RedCap UE可以根据Msg4中承载的指示信息，确定PUCCH的频域资源。该指示信息可以直接指示PUCCH起始PRB所在的频率位置。
可以理解的是，通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH并不是跳频发送的，UE仅需确定一个PUCCH相关的资源位置即可发送，实现简单。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频 率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000466
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000467
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000468
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
A、通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000469
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000470
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000471
取值不同；
B、通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，若RedCap UE(第一类终端设备)和现有UE(第二类终端设备)完全共享上述公式以及参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000472
则RedCap UE和现有UE所使用的PUCCH资源很可能存在交叠，为解决该问题，可以更进一步地通过下述方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不存在交叠：
①引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000473
用于确定RedCap UE的PUCCH的频率位置，例如：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000474
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000475
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000476
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000477
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000478
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000479
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000480
②通过预定义和/或指示的方法，RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000481
的具体取值与现有UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000482
的取值不同(尽管仍然使用相同的公式如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000483
)，例如取值为8。
需要说明的是，通过这种方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不交叠，这样有助于降低RedCap UE对现有UE造成的影响，保证两种UE都有足够的PUCCH容量。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000484
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000485
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000486
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000487
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000488
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000489
表示上行初始BWP带宽。在本实施例中，发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同，这里对L和K的关系不作特殊设定，可以根据需求自由组合。举例来说，如L＝1且K＝1，这样就相当于两者的频率起始位置是对齐的；又如，L为PUCCH所占资源的频率宽度的1/2，K为DCI所占资源的频率宽度的1/2，这样就相当于两者的中心频率位置是对齐的。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000490
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000491
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000492
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000493
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000494
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000495
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
在本实施例中，PUCCH频率位置由UE发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定。这里的指定上行信道可以是Msg1或者Msg3，也即发送PUCCH的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置确定。例如：PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的首个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的。或者，通过Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB频率位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000496
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000497
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000498
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000499
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000500
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000501
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000502
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000503
所述第 二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000504
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000505
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000506
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000507
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000508
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000509
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000510
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000511
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000512
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000513
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000514
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000515
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不 大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000516
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
A、将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000517
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000518
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000519
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000520
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
在本实施例中，第一类终端设备在以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源可以复用现有的正常终端设备(第二类终端设备)在跳频发送PUCCH时计算第一跳hop1或第二跳hop2对应的频率位置的方法，但是需要使用一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000521
替代原公式中的BWP带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000522
其中
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000523
不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000524
也既根据该新的带宽参数确定hop1和hop2的资源，具体为：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000525
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000526
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000527
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000528
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000529
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000530
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000531
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000532
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000533
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000534
通过这种方法，可以使得RedCap发送PUCCH的两跳之间的频 率间隔在RedCap的带宽范围内，让RedCap可以正常传输PUCCH。
特别地，可以使得
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000535
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000536
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000537
)，例如hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000538
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000539
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000540
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000541
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000542
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000543
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000544
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000545
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000546
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000547
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000548
的一个可取值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000549
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000550
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置(Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息)，这个设计尤其适合频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集 合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
B、根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000551
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
复用hop1和hop2频率位置的计算方法，但是在使用原hop1和hop2的计算公式计算频率位置时，对一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000552
进行取模计算，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000553
不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000554
也既：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000555
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000556
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000557
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000558
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000559
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000560
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000561
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索 引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000562
可以理解的是，A Mod B也既取模计算，这种方法可以使得无论A的值大小如何，对B取模后都将会变成一个0～(B-1)范围内的数值。因此，通过本方法，PUCCH资源两跳的频率位置总能在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000563
范围内。
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000564
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000565
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000566
)，例如对hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000567
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000568
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000569
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000570
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000571
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000572
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000573
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000574
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000575
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000576
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000577
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000578
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000579
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3(Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息)所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合 FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
C、将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000580
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000581
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000582
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000583
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000584
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000585
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000586
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
复用第二类终端设备hop1和hop2的计算公式，但引入第一带宽参数，并根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000587
的值，调整hop2的位置：
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000588
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000589
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000590
对于hop2，在原公式基础上使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000591
替代
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000592
既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000593
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000594
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000595
对于hop2，增加
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000596
的第四频域偏移值，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000597
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000598
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000599
本实施例的方法中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000600
的值为0或1，PUCCH将会分别集中在上行BWP频带的低频或者高频。相比前面的方法，它的一个好处是使得基站可以通过DCI指示r PUCCH的值时实现RedCap UE分流，让不同RedCap UE的PUCCH发送可以不必集中在一个频带宽度为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000601
的区域内。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000602
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000603
)。与前面不同的是，对hop1可平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000604
而对hop2，则是平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000605
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000606
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000607
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000608
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000609
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000610
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000611
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000612
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000613
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频 率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000614
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000615
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000616
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。此外，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000617
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能，并且还起到了把不同的RedCap UE的PUCCH分流到不同频率范围的效果。
D、确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000618
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000619
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000620
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000621
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的 PUCCH的资源：
完全复用现有第二类终端设备(普通UE)hop1和hop2的公式，但对第一类终端设备(能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE)而言，公式中的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000622
进行设计，使得hop1和hop2根据公式计算出来的频率位置的间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。例如，可以令RedCap UE的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000623
满足如下条件：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000624
也既：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000625
特别地，可以有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000626
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000627
在这种方法下，RedCap UE发送的PUCCH的hop1和hop2被约束在BWP的中心
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000628
带宽范围内，这样RedCap UE就可以正常发送PUCCH。这种方法尤其适合时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统，因为它使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH时的中心频点同样也可以是上行BWP(如UL initial BWP)的中心频点，而TDD系统中下行BWP和上行BWP的中心频点是相同的，本方法可以避免在TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐。
另外，上述方法中以“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000629
取值与普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000630
取值不同”进行说明的。这种方法也可以等效成“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000631
是普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000632
基础上再加上一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000633
得到”，两者的实质是相同的。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户 特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
E、确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000634
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方法确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
步骤1、使用第一实施例中任意一种的方法，确定一个频率，并把该频率作为PUCCH hop1的频率，例如，确定hop1的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000635
步骤2、根据hop1和一个频率偏差
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000636
确定hop2的频率位置，例如，确定hop2的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000637
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000638
在一种可能的设计中，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000639
的值如何，均使用相同的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000640
在另一种可能的设计中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000641
为0或者1，使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000642
可以不同，例如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000643
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000644
为一个正值，而
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000645
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000646
为一个负值。
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000647
是频率偏差值，它表示hop2和hop1之间的频率差，它可以是预定义的，或者由网络设备指示的，如通过SIB1或者 DCI进行指示。
本申请实施例中的方法，无需分别为hop1和hop2设计频率位置，hop2的频率位置总是可以根据hop1的频率位置和一个频率偏差值确定，因此更简单灵活。为了令hop1和hop2之间的频率差不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽，应有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000648
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000649
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000650
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000651
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000652
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
在本实施例中，根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置可以指在参数替代后的关系模型中直接加上预设的频率偏移值进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。此外，根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置还可以指对参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值进行其他处理进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，本实 施例对此不作限定。
在本实施例中，引入的预设的频率偏移值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000653
该预设的频率偏移值可以用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000654
)，例如hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000655
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000656
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000657
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000658
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000659
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000660
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000661
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000662
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000663
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000664
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000665
的一个可取值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000666
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000667
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，根据用于确定第二类终 端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000668
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000669
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
在本实施例中，根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置可以指在取模计算结果上直接加上预设的频率偏移值进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。此外，根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置还可以是对取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值进行其他运算进而确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，本实施例对此不作限定。
在本实施例中，可以引入一个预设的频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000670
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000671
)，例如对hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000672
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000673
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000674
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000675
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000676
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000677
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000678
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000679
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000680
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000681
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000682
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000683
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000684
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000685
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000686
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000687
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。此外，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000688
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置， 这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000689
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000690
在本实施例中，当复用现有第二类终端设备(普通UE)hop1和hop2的公式，但对第一类终端设备(能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE)而言，公式中的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000691
进行设计，使得hop1和hop2根据公式计算出来的频率位置的间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。例如，可以令RedCap UE的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000692
满足如下条件：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000693
也既：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000694
特别地，可以有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000695
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000696
在这种方法下，RedCap UE发送的PUCCH的hop1和hop2被约束在BWP的中心
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000697
带宽范围内，这样RedCap UE就可以正常发送PUCCH。这种方法尤其适合时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统，因为它使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH时的中心频点同样也可以是上行BWP(如UL initial BWP)的中心频点，而TDD系统中下行BWP和上行BWP的中心频点是相同的，本方法可以避免在 TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐。
在一个可行的实施例中，第一指示信息可以指示上述参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000698
中的至少一个。
下面通过具体实施例对本申请进行具体说明。
本申请主要应用于5G NR系统，包括网络设备(例如基站，gNB)和终端设备，终端设备尤其包括能力降低的终端设备(RedCap UE，也即第一类终端设备)；本申请也可以应用于其他系统，只要终端设备需要向网络设备发送PUCCH。
图4对本申请的适用场景给了一个示意。包括UE1和UE2在内的多个UE向gNB发起随机接入，申请无线网络连接服务；gNB接收来自至少一个UE的随机接入请求，并为其进行无线服务。gNB和UE1、UE2之间通过无线通信进行数据交互和传输。
本申请方案的核心在于网络设备向能力降低的终端设备RedCap UE发送第一指示信息，用于指示RedCap UE在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。下面结合附图对本申请提供的方案进行解释和说明。
第一实施例：
可以理解的是，网络设备在向RedCap UE发送第一指示信息，用于指示RedCap UE在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源的带宽范围不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽时，有两种实现方式，一种是采用不跳频的方式，另一种是采用跳频方式但是第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。而具体采用哪种实现方式，既可以通过预定义确定，又可以通过网络设备指示的方式确定。
例如，RedCap UE可以基于如下方式确定PUCCH是否进行跳频发送：
A、预定义的方式
例如，通过协议预定义，直接规定RedCap UE的PUCCH在获得用户特定的RRC配置之前不进行跳频发送；或者可以规定，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送，否则进行跳频发送。
可以理解的是，预定义的方式不需要任何网络设备的指示，因此节省指示开销。
B、网络设备指示的方式
例如，通过接收gNB发送跳频指示信息，确定不进行跳频发送；该跳频指示信息用于指示RedCap UE的PUCCH是否进行跳频，它可以承载在系统信息块SIB1中广播发送，也可以承载在下行控制信息DCI中。
可以理解的是，基于网络设备指示的方式较为灵活，但是需要下行指示开销。
C、预定义1网络设备指示的方式
例如规定，当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽(如UL initial BWP)大于一个门限值时(例如RedCap UE支持的最大带宽)，PUCCH不进行跳频发送；而当RedCap UE所在的UL BWP带宽小于或等于该门限值时，则基于gNB的跳频指示信息确定是否跳频发送。
可以理解的是，在确定用于发送PUCCH的资源时，存在两种不同方式：①以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源(这里的非跳频方式就是指在发送PUCCH时，不会分两跳进行发送)；②以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源且第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
下面介绍当以非跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。
具体地，可以通过如下方法确定不跳频时PUCCH的频率位置：
方式一：可以复用第二类终端设备以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一跳hop1或第二跳hop2的频率位置的方法，确定第一类终端设备以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的频率位置。
例如，规定使用与第二类终端设备的第一跳hop1的频率位置相同的确定方法来确定第一类终端设备不跳频的PUCCH的频率位置，也既：若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000699
则第一类终端设备不跳频的PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000700
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000701
则第一类终端设备不跳频的PUCCH的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000702
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000703
参见图5所示的采用不跳频方式发送PUCCH时的示意图。
又或者，类似地，可以使用与第二类终端设备的第二跳hop2的频率位置相同的方法来确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH的频率位置；
又或者，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000704
的值，均使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000705
(或者
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000706
)确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH的首个PRB的索引。
通过上述方法，可以直截了当地确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH的资源位置，实现简单，且复用了现有DCI对r PUCCH的指示，简化了基站的指示复杂度。
在一个可行的实施例中，第一指示信息指示了r PUCCH。
特别地，若第一类终端设备(后续将用RedCap UE表示)和第二类终端设备(后续将用现有UE表示)完全共享上述公式以及参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000707
则RedCap UE和现有UE所使用的PUCCH资源很可能存在交叠。而在上述方法的基础上，可以更进一步地通过下述方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不存在交叠：
①引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000708
用于确定RedCap UE的PUCCH的频率位置，例如：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000709
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000710
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000711
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000712
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000713
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000714
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000715
参见图6给出的另一个不跳频示例的示意图。
②通过预定义和/或指示的方法，RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000716
的具体取值与现有UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000717
的取值不同(尽管仍然使用相同的公式如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000718
)，例如取值为8。
需要说明的是，通过这种方法使得RedCap UE和现有UE的PUCCH资源不交叠，这样有助于降低RedCap UE对现有UE造成的影响，保证两种UE都有足够的PUCCH容量。
方式二：RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率位置由其对应接收的DCI的频率位置确定。
当一个DCI调度UE接收PDSCH后，UE针对该PDSCH的接收正确与否在PUCCH上进行反馈，则该PUCCH的频率位置可以由该待反馈的PDSCH对应的调度DCI的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网 络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的；或者，
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000719
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000720
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000721
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
方式三：RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率位置由UE发送的其他上行信道的频率位置确定。
本方式三中的“其他上行信道例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3(Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。)。PUCCH的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置确定。例如：
PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的首个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置与Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；或者，
PUCCH的第L个PRB的频率位置为Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB的频率位置加一个频率偏移值，该频率偏移值可以为预定义的，或者网络设备发送(如在SIB1中或者DCI中)并指示的。
通过Msg1或Msg3的第K个PRB频率位置确定
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000722
并根据公式
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000723
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000724
确定PUCCH的首个PRB的频率位置。
方式四：RedCap UE发送PUCCH频率位置由Msg4中承载的指示信息进行指示。
本方式中，PUCCH的频率位置的指示信息在随机接入过程中的第四步中由gNB通过Msg4(也称冲突解决消息)发送给RedCap UE的。则RedCap UE可以根据Msg4中承载的指示信息，确定PUCCH的频域资源。该指示信息可以直接指示PUCCH起始PRB所在的频 率位置。
相应地，gNB可以在RedCap UE传输PUCCH的资源上接收RedCap UE发送的PUCCH。
可以理解的是，一个可行的实施流程为：
(1)RedCap UE接收网络设备发送的下行数据；
(2)RedCap UE根据预定义的方式和/或网络设备的指示，确定发送PUCCH资源，并发送PUCCH以对下行数据进行反馈；
(3)网络设备相应地在PUCCH所在的资源上接收PUCCH。
可以理解的是，通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH并不是跳频发送的，UE仅需确定一个PUCCH相关的资源位置即可发送，实现简单。
第二实施例：
本实施例介绍当以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方式一确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
方式一：复用第二类终端设备第一跳hop1和第二跳hop2的计算方法，但使用一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000725
替代原公式中的BWP带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000726
其中
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000727
不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000728
也既根据该新的带宽参数确定hop1和hop2的资源。也既：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000729
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000730
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000731
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000732
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000733
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000734
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000735
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000736
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000737
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000738
通过这种方法，可以使得RedCap发送PUCCH的两跳之间的频率间隔在RedCap的带宽范围内，让RedCap可以正常传输PUCCH。
特别地，可以使得
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000739
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000740
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000741
)，例如hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000742
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000743
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000744
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000745
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000746
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000747
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000748
则PUCCH首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000749
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000750
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000751
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000752
的一个可取值可以为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000753
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000754
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3(Msg1为第一消息，Msg1为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，Msg3为第三消息，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息)所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适 合频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，FDD)系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)，其中，图8所示为一个FDD系统的上行频带上在UL-UL之间被迫重调频的例子。
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
第三实施例：
本实施例介绍当以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方式二确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
方式二：复用第二类终端设备第一跳hop1和第二跳hop2频率位置的计算方法，但是在使用第二类终端设备第一跳hop1和第二跳hop2的计算公式计算频率位置时，对一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000755
进行取模计算，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000756
不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000757
也既：
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000758
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000759
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000760
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000761
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000762
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000763
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000764
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000765
可以理解的是，A Mod B也既取模计算，这种方法可以使得无论A的值大小如何，对B取模后都将会变成一个0～(B-1)范围内的数值。因此，通过本方法，PUCCH资源两跳的频率位置总能在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000766
范围内。具体的图例与图7类似，故此处不再给出具体图例。
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000767
这种情况下可以最大化不超过RedCap带宽范围的PUCCH的跳频间隔，尽可能获取频率分集增益。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000768
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000769
)，例如对hop1和hop2均平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000770
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000771
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000772
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000773
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000774
若
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000775
则第一跳hop1的首个PRB索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000776
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000777
第二跳hop2的首个PRB的索引为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000778
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000779
在本实施例中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000780
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000781
这样可以保证 RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000782
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置，这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
第四实施例：
本实施例介绍当以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方式三确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
方式三：复用第二类终端设备第一跳hop1和第二跳hop2的计算公式，但引入第一带宽参数，并根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000783
的值，调整hop2的位置：
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000784
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000785
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000786
对于hop2，在原公式基础上使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000787
替代
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000788
既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000789
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000790
时，对于hop1，仍然复用原公式，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000791
对于hop2，增 加
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000792
的频域偏移值，既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000793
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000794
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000795
本实施例的方法中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000796
的值为0或1，PUCCH将会分别集中在上行BWP频带的低频或者高频，参见图9给出的另一个跳频示例示意图。相比前面的方法，它的一个好处是使得基站可以通过DCI指示r PUCCH的值时实现RedCap UE分流，让不同RedCap UE的PUCCH发送可以不必集中在一个频带宽度为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000797
的区域内。
特别地，可以引入一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000798
用于对RedCap UE的PUCCH资源集合的频率位置进行平移(平移量既
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000799
)。与前面不同的是，对hop1可平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000800
而对hop2，则是平移
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000801
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000802
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000803
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000804
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000805
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000806
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000807
时，对于hop1，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000808
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000809
对于hop2，其首个PRB的频率为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000810
在本实施例中，可以理解的是，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000811
的一个可取值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000812
这样可以保证RedCap UE的PUCCH资源与普通NR UE之间PUCCH资源不交叠。此外，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000813
也可以是其他值，例如可以是Msg1或者Msg3所占资源的首个PRB的频率位置或中心PRB的频率位置， 这个设计尤其适合FDD系统，因为它可以使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH的频率与Msg1或Msg3的频率接近，使其在上行频带上发送两者之间不需要进行重调频(retuning)。
通过对RedCap PUCCH资源集合在频率上的整体平移，可以使得RedCap UE使用的PUCCH资源集合与普通NR UE使用的PUCCH资源集合无交叠，从而让基站针对PUCCH资源监测时可以针对RedCap UE和普通NR UE使用不同的监测方案，简化基站的实现。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能，并且还起到了把不同的RedCap UE的PUCCH分流到不同频率范围的效果。
第五实施例：
本实施例介绍当以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方式四确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
方式四：完全复用现有第二类终端设备第一跳hop1和第二跳hop2的公式，但对RedCap UE而言，公式中的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000814
进行设计，使得hop1和hop2根据公式计算出来的频率位置的间隔不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽。例如，可以令RedCap UE的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000815
满足如下条件：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000816
也既：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000817
特别地，可以有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000818
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000819
参见图10给出的一个跳频传输PUCCH的示例，在这种方法下，RedCap UE发送的PUCCH的hop1和hop2被约束在BWP的中心
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000820
带宽范围内，这样RedCap UE就可以正常发送PUCCH。这种方法尤其适合时分双工(Time Division Duplexing，TDD)系统，因为它使得RedCap UE发送PUCCH时的中心频点同样也可以是上行BWP(如UL initial BWP)的中心频点，而TDD系统中下行BWP和上行BWP的中心频点是相同的，本方法可以避免在TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐，图11示意出了一个TDD系统中被迫在DL-UL之间发生重调谐的例子。采用本实施例提供的方法可以避免在TDD系统中上下行切换时发生重调谐。
另外，上述方法中以“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000821
取值与普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000822
取值不同”进行说明的。这种方法也可以等效成“RedCap UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000823
是普通UE使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000824
基础上再加上一个偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000825
得到”，两者的实质是相同的。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
第六实施例：
本实施例介绍当以跳频方式发送PUCCH时第一资源的具体确定方式。在本实施例中，需要说明的是，在通过预定义和/或网络设备指示的方式确定跳频发送PUCCH后，可以通过如下方式五确定跳频发送的PUCCH的资源：
方式五：
步骤1、使用第一实施例中任意一种的方法，确定一个频率，并把该频率作为PUCCH hop1的频率，例如，确定hop1的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000826
步骤2、根据hop1和一个频率偏差
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000827
确定hop2的频率位置，例如，确定hop2的首个PRB的频率位置为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000828
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000829
在一种可能的设计中，无论
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000830
的值如何，均使用相同的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000831
在另一种可能的设计中，根据
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000832
为0或者1，使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000833
可以不同，例如
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000834
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000835
为一个正值，而
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000836
时
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000837
为一个负值。
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000838
是频率偏差值，它表示hop2和hop1之间的频率差，它可以是预定义的，或者由网络设备指示的，如通过SIB1或者DCI进行指示。
本申请实施例中的方法，无需分别为hop1和hop2设计频率位置，hop2的频率位置总是可以根据hop1的频率位置和一个频率偏差值确定，因此更简单灵活。为了令hop1和hop2之间的频率差不超过RedCap UE支持的最大带宽，应有
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000839
在一个可行的实施例中，第一指示信息指示了该频率偏差值。
在一个可行的实施例中，第一指示信息可以指示上述参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000840
中的至少一个。
通过本实施例中的方法，可以保证RedCap UE即使在获得用户 特定的RRC配置前，也总是能够正确传输PUCCH。本实施例中PUCCH是跳频发送的，相比不跳频的方法，本方法可以获得频率分集增益，从而可以获得较好的传输性能。
在本实施例中，需要说明的是，本实施例的关键在于使得RedCap UE发送的PUCCH带宽范围在RedCap UE的最大带宽内。
本实施例可以通过预定义或网络设备指示的方法，RedCap UE在获得用户特定RRC配置之前，使得发送的PUCCH不跳频，或者即使跳频也能保证两跳之间的间隔在RedCap UE支持的带宽范围内，从而使得RedCap UE发送的PUCCH带宽在RedCap UE支持的带宽范围内，从而让第一类终端设备可以正确发送PUCCH，从而可以解决现有技术中因为PUCCH的两跳之间的的频率间隔大于RedCap UE的最大带宽，而导致RedCap UE在UL initial BWP中无法正确发送PUCCH的问题。
根据上面的描述可知，对于不跳频的情况，发送PUCCH的资源可以通过以下方式确定：
PUCCH资源所在的频率位置根据hop1或者hop2频率位置的方法去确定；
PUCCH资源所在的频率位置由其所需要反馈的PDSCH所对应的调度DCI的频率位置所确定；
PUCCH资源所在的频率位置由Msg1或Msg3的频率位置所确定；
PUCCH资源所在的频率位置由Msg4中的信息指示(适合于针对随机接入过程中需要对Msg4的接收成功与否发送PUCCH的情况)
根据上面的描述可知，对于跳频的情况，发送PUCCH的资源可以通过以下方式确定：
对于hop1和hop2，均使用一个带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000841
替代原公式中的BWP带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000842
其中
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000843
不超过RedCap UE的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000844
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000845
此外，在此基础上，还可以在hop1和hop2的频率位置均再加上一个额外的偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000846
对于hop1和hop2，可以使用原hop1和hop2的位置进行对
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000847
的取模计算，将取模结果作为发送位置。此外，在此基础上，还可以在取模结果上增加一个额外的偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000848
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000849
时，对于hop2，使用
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000850
替代
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000851
当
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000852
时，对于hop2，增加
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000853
的频域偏移值。特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000854
需要说明的是，RedCap UE的PUCCH使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000855
使得PUCCH两跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000856
例如，满足条件
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000857
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000858
特别地，可以
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000859
此外，需要说明的是，对于hop2，可以不使用现有公式进行计算，在以现有方式或上面所述的任意一种用于确定hop1频率位置的方式确定hop1频率位置后，可以根据“hop1的频率位置”以及“hop2与hop1之间的频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000860
”确定hop2位置，且该频率偏移值是通过预定义的方式或者网络设备指示的方式确定的。
可以理解的是，现有技术中在获得用户特定RRC配置之前，PUCCH固定进行跳频发送，且两跳的资源分布在UL initial BWP两侧，这样可能导致RedCap UE在UL initial BWP中时无法正确发送PUCCH。本申请实施例解决了上述问题，使得RedCap UE发送的PUCCH带宽在RedCap UE的最大带宽内，让RedCap UE可以正确发送PUCCH。
此外，如图12所示，为本申请实施例中应用于终端设备的信道 传输装置的模块框图，该装置应用于第一类终端设备，具体包括：
确定模块11，用于当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
第一发送模块12，用于在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
在此需要说明的是，本装置能够实现应用于终端设备的信道传输方法实施例的所有方法步骤并能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再进行赘述。
此外，如图13所示，为本申请实施例中应用于网络设备的信道传输装置的模块框图，该装置包括：
第二发送模块21，用于向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
接收模块22，用于在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
在此需要说明的是，本装置能够实现应用于网络设备的信道传输方法实施例的所有方法步骤并能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再进行赘述。
图14是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图，包括存储器1420，收发机1400，处理器1410。
其中，在图14中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1410代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1420代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、 稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1400可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器1410负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1420可以存储处理器1410在执行操作时所使用的数据。
处理器1410可以是中央处埋器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device，CPLD)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
存储器1420，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1400，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器1410，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，包括下述资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源 根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000861
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000862
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000863
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000864
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000865
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000866
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000867
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000868
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000869
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三 消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000870
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000871
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000872
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000873
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000874
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000875
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000876
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000877
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000878
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000879
所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000880
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000881
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始 BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000882
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000883
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000884
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000885
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000886
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000887
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000888
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000889
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000890
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000891
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000892
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000893
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000894
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000895
替换为第 一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000896
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000897
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000898
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000899
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000900
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000901
在此需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的终端设备能够实现应用于终端设备的信道传输方法实施例的所有方法步骤并能够达到相同 的技术效果，在此不再进行赘述。
图15是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图之一，包括存储器1520，收发机1500，处理器1510。
其中，在图15中，总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥，具体由处理器1510代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器1520代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起，这些都是本领域所公知的，因此，本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机1500可以是多个元件，即包括发送机和接收机，提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元，这些传输介质包括无线信道、有线信道、光缆等传输介质。处理器1510负责管理总线架构和通常的处理，存储器1520可以存储处理器1510在执行操作时所使用的数据。
处理器1510可以是中央处埋器(CPU)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或复杂可编程逻辑器件(Complex Programmable Logic Device，CPLD)，处理器也可以采用多核架构。
存储器1520，用于存储计算机程序；收发机1500，用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据；处理器1510，用于读取所述存储器中的计算机程序并执行以下操作：
向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预 设值。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一指示信息用于指示下述PUCCH资源中的任意一种：
以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一 种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000902
所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000903
和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000904
取值不同；
通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000905
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000906
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000907
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000908
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000909
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000910
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当根据第一类终端设备 发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000911
并根据第一关系模型
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000912
或
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000913
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000914
确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
其中，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000915
表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000916
表示上行初始BWP带宽。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000917
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000918
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000919
不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000920
所述第二类终端设 备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000921
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000922
对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000923
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000924
并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000925
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000926
对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000927
时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；优选的，所述第四频率偏移值为
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000928
确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000929
的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000930
的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000931
使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000932
确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不 大于
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000933
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000934
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000935
并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000936
替换为第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000937
并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000938
的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000939
的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000940
N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位 置或者中心PRB的频率位置；
其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
基于上述实施例的内容，在本实施例中，所述第一类终端发送所述PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000941
的可取值满足如下关系：
Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-000942
在此需要说明的是，本实施例提供的网络设备能够实现应用于网络设备的信道传输方法实施例的所有方法步骤并能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再进行赘述。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个处理器可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
在此需要说明的是，本申请实施例提供的上述装置，能够实现上 述方法实施例所实现的所有方法步骤，且能够达到相同的技术效果，在此不再对本实施例中与方法实施例相同的部分及有益效果进行具体赘述。
另一方面，本申请实施例还提供一种处理器可读存储介质，所述处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行上述实施例中所述的方法。
所述处理器可读存储介质可以是处理器能够存取的任何可用介质或数据存储设备，包括但不限于磁性存储器(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带、磁光盘(MO)等)、光学存储器(例如CD、DVD、BD、HVD等)、以及半导体存储器(例如ROM、EPROM、EEPROM、非易失性存储器(NAND FLASH)、固态硬盘(SSD))等。
由上述实施例可见，处理器可读存储介质存储有计算机程序，所述计算机程序用于使所述处理器执行上述信道传输方法的步骤。
本领域内的技术人员应明白，本申请的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此，本申请可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且，本申请可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器和光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。
本申请是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机可执行指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机可执行指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器，使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。
这些处理器可执行指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的处理器可读存储器中，使得存储在该处理器可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品，该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。
这些处理器可执行指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上，使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理，从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (27)

  1. 一种信道传输方法，其特征在于，应用于第一类终端设备，包括：
    当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
    在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，包括下述资源中的任意一种：
    以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
    以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
    根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
    根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一 类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100001
    所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100002
    和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100003
    取值不同；
    通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述 第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
    通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100004
    并根据第一关系模型
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100005
    或
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100007
    确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
    其中，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100008
    表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100009
    表示上行初始BWP带宽。
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
    通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100010
    并根据第一关系模型
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100011
    或
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100013
    确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
    其中，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100014
    表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100015
    表示上行初始BWP 带宽。
  7. 根据权利要求2所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100016
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100017
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100018
    不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100019
    所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
    根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100020
    的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100021
    对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100022
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100023
    并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100024
    时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100025
    对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100026
    时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；
    确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置 的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100027
    的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100028
    的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100029
    使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100030
    确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100031
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100032
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100033
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100034
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100035
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100036
    的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
    根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100037
    的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100038
    N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
    第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB或者中心PRB的频率位置；
    其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100039
    的可取值满足如下关系：
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100040
  12. 一种信道传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
    在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
    其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息用于指示下述PUCCH资源中的任意一种：
    以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源；或者，
    以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源，其中，第一跳与第二跳之间的频率间隔不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当所述第一资源为以非跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源根据下述方式中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
    根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；其中，所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
    根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源；
    根据第一类终端设备随机接入过程中网络设备发送的冲突解决消息中承载的指示信息确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根 据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    通过预定义和/或指示的方法确定第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100041
    所述第一类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100042
    和第二类终端设备对应的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100043
    取值不同；
    通过预定义和/或指示的方法，使得根据第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置和/或第二跳对应的频率位置和预设的频率偏移值确定所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述预设的频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的。
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根据第一类终端设备需要在所述PUCCH中进行反馈的物理下行共享信道PDSCH所对应的调度下行控制信息DCI的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与DCI的首个控制信道单元CCE的频域起始位置相同；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置相同；L和K为大于0的整数；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据DCI的第K个CCE的频域起始位置和第二频率偏移值确定的位置；其中，所述第二频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
    通过DCI的第K个CCE的频率起始位置确定第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100044
    并根据第一关系模型
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100045
    或
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100046
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100047
    确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
    其中，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100048
    表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100049
    表示上行初始BWP带宽。
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当根据第一类终端设备发送的指定上行信道的频率位置确定第一类终端设备发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源时，通过下述方式中的任意一种确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源：
    发送PUCCH所用的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的首个PRB的频率位置相同；其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置与第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置相同；
    发送PUCCH所用的第L个PRB的频率位置为根据第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置和第三频率偏移值确定的位置，其中，所述第三频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；
    通过第一消息或第三消息的第K个PRB的频率位置确定第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100050
    并根据第一关系模型
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100051
    或
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100052
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100053
    确定发送PUCCH所用的首个PRB的频率位置；
    其中，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100054
    表示第一频率偏移值，r PUCCH表示PUCCH资源索引，N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数，
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100055
    表示上行初始BWP带宽。
  18. 根据权利要求13所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，当所述第一资源为以跳频方式发送PUCCH的资源时，发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源由下述中的任意一种或多种进行确定：
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100056
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100057
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；其中，所述
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100058
    不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100059
    所述第二类终端设备支持的最大带宽大于所述第一预设值；
    根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100060
    的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置；
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100061
    对应的第一子关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100062
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100063
    并根据参数替代后的第一子关系模型确定在
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100064
    时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；以及，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中与
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100065
    对应的第二子关系模型和第四频率偏移值确定在
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100066
    时第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳对应的频率位置；
    确定第一类终端发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100067
    的可取值与第二类终端设备使用的
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100068
    的可取值不同，且第一类终端设备对应的可取值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100069
    使得发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳之间的频率间隔不大于
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100070
    确定发送PUCCH时第一跳对应的频率位置，并根据第一跳对应的频率位置以及第一跳和第二跳之间的第五频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第二跳的位置；其中，所述第五频率偏移值为预定义和/或由网络设备指示的；所述第五频率偏移值的绝对值不大于
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100071
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100072
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100073
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
    将用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的上行初始BWP带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100074
    替换为第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100075
    并根据参数替代后的关系模型和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100076
    的取模计算，以及，将取模计算结果作为发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置，包括：
    根据用于确定第二类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的初始频率位置，并对所述初始频率位置进行对第一带宽参数
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100077
    的取模计算，并根据取模计算结果和预设的频率偏移值确定第一类终端设备发送PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述预设频率偏移值为下述中的任意一种或多种：
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100078
    N CS表示初始循环位移索引的总数；
    第一消息或第三消息所占资源的首个物理资源块PRB的频率位置或者中心PRB的频率位置；
    其中，第一消息为随机接入请求消息或随机接入导频信号，第三消息为随机接入阶段的连接建立请求消息。
  22. 根据权利要求18所述的信道传输方法，其特征在于，所述第一类终端发送所述PUCCH时第一跳和第二跳对应的频率位置的关系模型中的第一频率偏移值
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100079
    的可取值满足如下关系：
    Figure PCTCN2021125881-appb-100080
  23. 一种信道传输装置，其特征在于，应用于第一类终端设备，包括：
    确定模块，用于当在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时，确定发送所述PUCCH所用的第一资源，其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值；
    第一发送模块，用于在所述第一资源上发送PUCCH。
  24. 一种信道传输装置，其特征在于，包括：
    第二发送模块，用于向第一类终端设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一类终端设备在上行初始宽带部分BWP中发送物理上行控制信道PUCCH时所用的第一资源；
    接收模块，用于在所述第一资源上，接收所述第一类终端设备发送的PUCCH；
    其中，所述第一资源的带宽范围不超过所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽；所述第一类终端设备支持的最大带宽小于或等于第一预设值。
  25. 一种终端设备，包括存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，其特征在于，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如权利要求1至11任一项所述的信道传输方法的步骤。
  26. 一种网络设备，包括存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序，其特征在于，所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如权利要求12至22任一项所述的信道传输方法的步骤。
  27. 一种处理器可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，其特征在于，该程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至11任一项所述的信道传输方法的步骤，或执行如权利要求12至22任一项所述的信道传输方法的步骤。
PCT/CN2021/125881 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质 Ceased WO2022089334A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2021369864A AU2021369864C1 (en) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 Channel transmission method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
KR1020237017975A KR20230096071A (ko) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 채널 전송 방법, 장치, 단말기기, 네트워크 기기 및 저장 매체
EP21885061.8A EP4240080A4 (en) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS, TERMINAL DEVICE, NETWORK DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM
US18/033,804 US20240049205A1 (en) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 Channel transmission method and apparatus, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
JP2023526642A JP7678100B2 (ja) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 チャネル伝送方法、装置、端末機器、ネットワーク機器及び記憶媒体

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011204991.7 2020-11-02
CN202011204991.7A CN114449655B (zh) 2020-11-02 2020-11-02 信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022089334A1 true WO2022089334A1 (zh) 2022-05-05

Family

ID=81358337

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/125881 Ceased WO2022089334A1 (zh) 2020-11-02 2021-10-22 信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20240049205A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4240080A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP7678100B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20230096071A (zh)
CN (1) CN114449655B (zh)
AU (1) AU2021369864C1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2022089334A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024066418A1 (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据发送方法和接收方法、通信节点和存储介质
US20240349284A1 (en) * 2021-06-30 2024-10-17 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha User equipment, base station, and communication method
EP4412362A4 (en) * 2021-10-22 2025-01-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD FOR SENDING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, METHOD FOR RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7577188B2 (ja) * 2021-01-18 2024-11-01 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド 無線通信システムでｐｕｃｃｈを送受信する方法及びそのための装置
WO2022178690A1 (zh) * 2021-02-23 2022-09-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种射频重调方法及装置
CN121056109A (zh) * 2021-03-04 2025-12-02 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 一种随机接入资源确定方法、电子设备及存储介质
CN115604830A (zh) * 2021-07-09 2023-01-13 维沃移动通信有限公司（Cn） 初始带宽部分配置的获取方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2024082190A1 (zh) * 2022-10-19 2024-04-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种通信方法、装置、设备及存储介质
US20240223415A1 (en) * 2022-12-28 2024-07-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Frequency offset correction
CN118785506A (zh) * 2023-04-07 2024-10-15 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109474375A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种资源调度方法、基站和终端
CN109600833A (zh) * 2017-09-30 2019-04-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 一种确定传输资源的方法及设备
US20190261353A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource allocation for the physical uplink control channel
WO2020059721A1 (ja) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-26 シャープ株式会社 基地局装置、端末装置、通信方法、および、集積回路
WO2020208679A1 (ja) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-15 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末及び無線通信方法

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8995385B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2015-03-31 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for UE-specific demodulation reference signal scrambling
KR20220145420A (ko) * 2014-08-15 2022-10-28 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 감소된 대역폭을 갖는 wtru에 대한 업링크 송신 및 mbms를 지원하기 위한 방법 및 장치
US10206211B2 (en) 2015-06-04 2019-02-12 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Device, network, and method for wideband long-term evolution (LTE) uplink transmission
KR102537798B1 (ko) * 2017-08-11 2023-05-31 주식회사 윌러스표준기술연구소 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 제어채널의 송수신 방법, 장치, 및 시스템
EP3664315B1 (en) * 2017-09-08 2022-04-27 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and apparatus for determining frequency hopping of channel, and computer storage medium
WO2019139436A1 (ko) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 물리 상향링크 제어 채널 전송 수행 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 단말
WO2020146643A1 (en) * 2019-01-10 2020-07-16 Apple Inc. Resource allocation for physical uplink control channel during initial access in nr-unlicensed
GB2581391A (en) * 2019-02-15 2020-08-19 Nec Corp Communication system
US11412497B2 (en) 2019-03-27 2022-08-09 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving uplink feedback information in communication system
US11483099B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2022-10-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for transmission of uplink control information in network cooperative communication
US11617139B2 (en) * 2019-08-27 2023-03-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Power control for repeated uplink transmissions
CN116234049B (zh) * 2020-04-08 2026-01-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 配置信息传输方法及装置、通信设备及存储介质
US12052761B2 (en) * 2020-08-04 2024-07-30 Ofinno, Llc Random access response reception of random access procedure
CN116250199A (zh) * 2020-10-16 2023-06-09 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109474375A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种资源调度方法、基站和终端
CN109600833A (zh) * 2017-09-30 2019-04-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 一种确定传输资源的方法及设备
US20190261353A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource allocation for the physical uplink control channel
WO2020059721A1 (ja) * 2018-09-21 2020-03-26 シャープ株式会社 基地局装置、端末装置、通信方法、および、集積回路
WO2020208679A1 (ja) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-15 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末及び無線通信方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4240080A4 *

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240349284A1 (en) * 2021-06-30 2024-10-17 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha User equipment, base station, and communication method
US12598610B2 (en) * 2021-06-30 2026-04-07 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha User equipment, base station, and communication method
EP4412362A4 (en) * 2021-10-22 2025-01-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. METHOD FOR SENDING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, METHOD FOR RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS
WO2024066418A1 (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据发送方法和接收方法、通信节点和存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114449655A (zh) 2022-05-06
US20240049205A1 (en) 2024-02-08
AU2021369864C1 (en) 2025-02-20
KR20230096071A (ko) 2023-06-29
AU2021369864A9 (en) 2024-10-10
AU2021369864B2 (en) 2024-08-08
EP4240080A4 (en) 2024-11-20
AU2021369864A1 (en) 2023-06-01
JP7678100B2 (ja) 2025-05-15
JP2023548695A (ja) 2023-11-20
EP4240080A1 (en) 2023-09-06
CN114449655B (zh) 2025-05-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022089334A1 (zh) 信道传输方法、装置、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质
US11825503B2 (en) Channel quality indicator reporting
US10631296B2 (en) Resource allocation method, apparatus, and wireless access system
CN103037527B (zh) 为通信设备提供下行链路控制信令的方法和无线通信系统
CN115804219A (zh) 使用聚合载波进行信号发送/接收的方法和装置
WO2022078204A1 (zh) Pucch重复传输次数的确定方法、终端及基站
WO2021032065A1 (zh) 一种资源复用方法及装置
WO2022083691A1 (zh) 传输资源确定方法、装置及存储介质
JP2020502918A (ja) 上りリンク伝送制御方法及びその装置、通信システム
KR20180095495A (ko) 반송파 호핑 방법, 단말기 및 기지국
WO2022156548A1 (zh) 一种uci复用传输方法、装置及存储介质
TWI815385B (zh) 一種參考信號傳輸位置指示確定方法及裝置
CN115334659B (zh) 一种信息确认方法、装置及通信设备
CN115190599B (zh) 一种上行信道的传输方法及装置
WO2022156448A1 (zh) 一种信息确定方法、装置及存储介质
CN115225220A (zh) 载波切换的传输处理方法及装置
CN115226236B (zh) 实现载波聚合中资源调度的方法、装置、辅节点及介质
WO2024027603A1 (zh) 非授权频谱中直通链路资源分配方法、装置及存储介质
WO2025209429A1 (zh) 频域资源确定方法、装置及存储介质
WO2022042484A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法、信息接收方法、终端和网络设备
CN118785414A (zh) 下行prs接收跳频方法、设备、装置和存储介质
CN121604158A (zh) 资源确定方法、装置、终端及网络设备
CN118524454A (zh) Sl-prs冲突信息的传输方法、装置及终端

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21885061

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18033804

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023526642

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237017975

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021369864

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20211022

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021885061

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230602